HARVEST MOON FRIENDS OF MINERAL TOWN TV STORIES ################## Table Of Contents: ################## 1) Introduction 2) TV programs i) Farm House a) News (qwaginews) b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg) c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd) d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri) e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr) f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin) g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron) h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil) i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult) j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy) ii) Town House a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r) b) Mine Research Group (miregr) c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss) d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers) e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri) f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch) g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze) h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch) 3) File Info 4) Contact ############### 1) Introduction ############### So anyway I was playing harvest moon there and each day I would look at the tv at read the EXCITING stories, and I thought Wouldn't it be cool if I could just read these all in full, So I set about Gathering them up, and heres the outcome, some of these are strange, kinky (arron changes, i mean wtf), and full of usefull information! So enjoy your reading. :) Vanhal ############## 2) TV programs ############## There is two different TV sets, One in the farm house and one in the town house, each shows different programs which are as follows: ############ i)Farm House ############ You have this house from the very start, so you can start watching this from the begining. It has 4 channels Up: Weather Right: News Down: Life on the Farm Left: Variety programs The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows: *Sunday: My Dear Princess *Monday: Fishing Hour *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs *Wednesday: Aaron Changes *Thursday: Star Lilly, Bandit Girl *Friday: Mechabot Ultror *Saturday: TV Shopping Network or St. Emerald Academy Here are the programs in full: ################## a)News (qwaginews) ################## 1st day of Spring Today from evening at Rose Square: New Year Festival 2nd day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring 22nd: Cooking Festival 3rd day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 4th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 5th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 6th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 7th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 8th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 9th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 10th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 11th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival 12th day of Spring Events This Season 18th: Spring Horse Races 22nd: Cooking Festival Today is Friday the 13th Tomorrow is the Spring Thanksgiving Festival. Do you have Cookies to give to someone special? 13th day of Spring Tomorrow is the Spring Thanksgiving Festival. Do you have Cookies to give to someone special? 14th day of Spring Today is the Spring Thanksgiving Festival. Now is your chance to favor a special girl with Cookies. 15th day of Spring The Spring Horse Races are coming up. If you have a Horse, try entering it. If not, just betting on the races is fun, too! 16th day of Spring The Spring Horse Races are coming up. If you have a Horse, try entering it. If not, just betting on the races is fun, too! 17th day of Spring Tomorrow is the Spring Horse Race Festival. If you are entering a Horse, let the Mayor know when he drops by. 18th day of Spring The Horse Races start in the morning in Rose Square. Gather for the fun! 19th day of Spring The Cooking Festival is on the 22nd. If you think you can win, give it a try. If not, gather to watch! 20th day of Spring The Cooking Festival is on the 22nd. If you think you can win, give it a try. If not, gather to watch! 21st day of Spring The Cooking Festival is tomorrow. If you think you can win, give it a try. If not, gather to watch! 22nd of day of Spring Today the Cooking Festival is held in Rose Square. The food to make is announced in the morning, and the judging is held in the afternoon. 23rd day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 24th day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 25th day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 26th day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 27th day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 28th day of Spring Spring is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Summer comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 29th day of Spring Summer is almost upon us! Get ready for Beach Day and the Frisbee Tournament on the 1st day of Summer. 30th day of Spring Beach Day is tomorrow morning at the Beach. Good luck if you're competing in the Frisbee Tournament! 1st day of Summer Beach Day is this morning at the Beach. Good luck if you're competing in the Frisbee Tournament! 2nd day of Summer Events This Season 7th: Chicken Festival 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 3rd day of Summer Events This Season 7th: Chicken Festival 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 4th day of Summer Events This Season 7th: Chicken Festival 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 5th day of Summer Events This Season 7th: Chicken Festival 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 6th day of Summer Tomorrow is the Chicken Festival at Rose Square. If you're going to compete, register your Chicken. 7th day of Summer The Chicken Festival is this morning at Rose Square. If you're going to compete, don't be late. 8th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 9th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 10th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 11th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 12th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival Today is Friday the 13th Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 13th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 14th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 15th day of Summer Events This Season 20th: Cow Festival 24th: Fireworks Festival 16th day of Summer The Cow Festival is on the 20th. If you've got a Cow, consider entering it in the competition. It has to be an unpregnant adult, though. 17th day of Summer The Cow Festival is on the 20th. If you've got a Cow, consider entering it in the competition. It has to be an unpregnant adult, though. 18th day of Summer The Cow Festival is on the 20th. If you've got a Cow, consider entering it in the competition. It has to be an unpregnant adult, though. 19th day of Summer The Cow Festival is tomorrow morning in Rose Square. If you're going to compete, register your Cow. 20th day of Summer The Cow Festival is this morning at Rose Square. If you're going to compete, don't be late. 21st day of Summer The best part of Summer, the Fireworks Festival, is on the 24th. 22nd day of Summer The best part of Summer, the Fireworks Festival, is on the 24th. 23rd day of Summer The Fireworks Festival is tomorrow at the Beach. It starts in the evening. 24th day of Summer The Fireworks Festival is this evening at the Beach. 25th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 26th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 27th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 28th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 29th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 30th day of Summer Summer is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Fall comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 1st day of Fall Events This Season 3rd: Music Festival 9th: Harvest Festival 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 2nd day of Fall The Music Festival is tomorrow evening at the Church. Come to hear some beautiful music! 3rd day of Fall The Music Festival is this evening at the Church. Come to hear some beautiful music! 4th day of Fall Events This Season 9th: Harvest Festival 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 5th day of Fall Events This Season 9th: Harvest Festival 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 6th day of Fall Events This Season 9th: Harvest Festival 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 7th day of Fall Events This Season 9th: Harvest Festival 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 8th day of Fall The Harvest Festival starts tomorrow morning at Rose Square. Everybody bring something for the big pot! 9th day of Fall The Harvest Festival starts this morning at Rose Square. Everybody bring something for the big pot! 10th day of Fall The Moon Festival is on the 13th. Invite your favorite girl to this romantic event! 11th day of Fall The Moon Festival is on the 13th. Invite your favorite girl to this romantic event! 12th day of Fall The Moon Festival is tomorrow night. Invite your favorite girl to this romantic event! Today is Friday the 13th It's clear today, so if you go up to the peak of Mother's Hill, you can see a truly beautiful moon. 13th of day of Fall It's clear today, so if you go up to the peak of Mother's Hill, you can see a truly beautiful moon. 14th day of Fall Events This Season 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 15th day of Fall Events This Season 18th: Fall Horse Races 21st: Cow Festival 16th day of Fall The Fall Horse Races are coming up. If you have a Horse, try entering it. If not, just betting on the races is fun, too! 17th day of Fall Tomorrow is the Fall Horse Race Festival. If you are entering a Horse, let the Mayor know when he drops by. 18th day of Fall The Horse Races start in the morning in Rose Square. Gather for the fun! 19th day of Fall The Sheep Festival is on the 21st. If you've got a Sheep, consider entering it in the competition. It has to be an unpregnant adult with a full coat, though. 20th day of Fall The Sheep Festival is tomorrow morning in Rose Square. If you're going to compete, register your Sheep. 21st day of Fall The Sheep Festival is this morning at Rose Square. If you're going to compete, don't be late. 22nd day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 23rd day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 24th day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 25th day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 26th day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 27th day of Fall Fall is almost over. Can you harvest your crops before Winter comes? Don't let your crops wither on the vine! 28th day of Fall Winter is almost upon us! Nothing grows in Winter, so harvest everything now. 29th day of Fall Winter is almost upon us! Nothing grows in Winter, so harvest everything now. 30th day of Fall Today is the Pumpkin Festival. Give treats to the kids who come. 1st day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 2nd day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 3rd day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 4th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 5th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 6th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 7th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 8th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 9th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 10th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 11th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 12th day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. Today is Friday the 13th Tomorrow is the Winter Thanksgiving Festival, where girls give boys they like Chocolate. 13th day of Winter Tomorrow is the Winter Thanksgiving Festival, where girls give boys they like Chocolate. 14th day of Winter Today is the Winter Thanksgiving Festival. Will you be lucky enough to get a gift of Chocolate? 15th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 16th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 17th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 18th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 19th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 20th day of Winter Events This Season 24th: Starry Night Festival 30th: Year End Festival 21st day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 22nd day of Winter When Winter freezes the Lake ice, you may be able to get to new places. 23rd day of Winter Tomorrow is the Starry Night Festival. Hopefully you can spend it with a nice girl. 24th day of Winter Today is the Starry Night Festival. Hopefully you can spend it with a nice girl. 25th day of Winter If you hang up your socks tonight, you may receive a Starry Night gift. 26th day of Winter Spring is coming. When it comes, you'll be able to grow crops again. Now's your chance to make up for lost time! 27th day of Winter Spring is coming. When it comes, you'll be able to grow crops again. Now's your chance to make up for lost time! 28th day of Winter Spring is coming. When it comes, you'll be able to grow crops again. Now's your chance to make up for lost time! 29th day of Winter Spring is coming. When it comes, you'll be able to grow crops again. Now's your chance to make up for lost time! 30th day of Winter, the last day of the year Gather at Rose Square at night or at the peak of Mother's Hill to watch the first sunrise of the year ###################################### b) Life on the Farm Beginner (lotfbeg) ###################################### BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "You mean about the Blue Feather?" "What happens if a man gives it to another man?" "Well, there are many kinds of love..." ".........." "Who do you want to get one from, little sis?" "From you, of course!" "Aww..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I planted Tomato Seeds, but nothing is happening! Why not?" "Did you till the soil before you planted?" "Umm...No." "Well, that's why! You have to till the soil with your Hoe before planting. You also have to clear the field before planting if there is something on it. You can cut grass with the Sickle or pull it out. You can use a Hammer to break Stones or move them by hand. Finally, you can chop up Branches with your Axe or move them with your hands." "Now I see!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I tilled the earth like you said, then planted, but the next day the Seeds were gone! Why?" "Did you plant the right Seeds? If you plant Fall or Summer Seeds in Spring, they won't grow, you know." "Really...Now that you remind me, Tomatoes only grow in Summer." "That's why, silly!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I tilled my field, then planted the right Seeds for the season, but they still won't grow!" "Have you watered them with the Watering Can?" "You mean I have to water them, too?!" "Of course! Nothing will grow without water. Except farm grass, of course." "So that's what the Watering Can was for..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I try using the Watering Can, but no water comes out! Why?" "Well, first you have to fill it up, you know." "How do you do that?" "First you equip it, then go to water - like a pond, river, or lake - and use it. That's all." "No one ever told me I had to fill it up..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I used to be able to walk over my Seeds, but not when they start growing." "Yes, you can't walk over crops when they grow. You can if you run, though." "Really?" "Yes, you can jump over one square of anything if you run, like Stones, Fences, or Branches." "That's good to know." "Just remember that you can't jump over things if there's something on the other side." "Got it, brother." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You were telling me I can't walk on things when they grow, but I can walk on farm grass." "Oh yeah, I forgot. You can walk on grass however much it grows, of course." "Grass is for walking on, I guess." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I think my Turnips are ready to harvest, so what do I do now?" "If you face your crop and press the A Button, you can lift it up to harvest it. After you harvest the Turnip, the field will go back to its tilled state. If your crop can be harvested more than once, though, it will go back to a seedling." "So you can harvest some crops lots of times? I can't wait to try." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Can I turn a field back to its untilled state?" "Sure. Just use a Hammer on a tilled field, then it won't be tilled any more." "That's great!" "You can also return a field to its untilled state by putting Stones, Branches, or Lumber on it." "That seems like another good way. Does it work if the field is watered?" "Yes, it doesn't matter if the field is watered or not." "Got it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I tried to return my field to its untilled state like you said yesterday, but it didn't work." "I don't know why... Oh! Maybe you had already seeded it...?" "That's right." "Well, if you seeded it, then you have to use your Hoe to remove the Seeds first. After that you can use your Hammer." "Seems like an awful lot of work..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Last time you told me about returning a field to its original state. But, what about farm grass? Even when I cut it, some stubble remains, and then it grows back." "I forgot to say. If you use the Hoe on a field after you've cut it with a Sickle, then it will become a tilled field with nothing on it." "So I should use the Hoe right after cutting the grass, right?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I put a Cucumber in the Basket to ship, then changed my mind. I can't take it out, though!" "That's right. Once you put something in the Basket to ship, it's in there for good. You can't change your mind." "And I wanted that Cucumber for lunch, too...!" "Now you've learned your lesson. By the way, to ship what's in the Basket, hold it up, then press the A Button while facing the Shipment Box." "I never wanted to ship it to begin with..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It seems that I can only put shippable things in my Basket..." "Of course!" "Why is that?" "Because you can't fill up the Basket with things you can't ship anyway, silly!" "And I wanted to use it as a garbage can, too..." "That's what you have a garbage can for!" "I guess you're right." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Cough...cough..." "What's wrong? And why are you putting your hand out like that?" "Today is the Spring Thanksgiving Festival. You're supposed to give me a Cookie!..." "That's right! I did bring you a Cookie, I just forgot to give it to you. Here you are." "I knew you wouldn't forget! I can't wait to give you something for the Winter Thanksgiving Festival." "I look forward to it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard that if you throw away trash in town, people won't like you." "Of course! Not just trash, though. If you throw any- thing away in town, people will get upset. I don't blame 'em!" "What should I do when I want to throw something away, then?" "No one will care if you throw something away on your own farm. There's also a garbage can in Rose Square. Finally, you can throw things away in the mine and no one will mind." "Let me get this straight: My own farm, the garbage can in the Square, or the mine, right? " BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I can't chop up a Stump, no matter how many times I hit it with my Axe." "What kind of Axe are you using?" "You meant there's more than one kind?" "So you're using an Iron Axe, I guess. You can upgrade your Axe, as well as your Hoe, Sickle, Hammer, Watering Can, or Fishing Rod." "How do I do that?" "First you find either Copper, Silver, Gold, or Mystrile in a mine, then you bring the Ore along with the Tool to Saibara the blacksmith. Of course, the tool also has to be of a certain experience level before you can upgrade it. Some Ores will make for better upgrades than others." "What do you mean by "experience level"...?" "I'll explain tomorrow." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Tool experience level, right? You see, any time you use a Tool, it accumulates experience. This works even if you just pretend to use it, although it will build up experience quicker if you use if for a real job." "I think I get it..." "So, the level of your Axe was too low to use on a Stump. You need a Level 2 Axe or better to chop up a Stump, you see. You can't smash a large Stone with an Iron Axe, either." "So I need better Tools!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I still can't chop up that Stump..." "Did you upgrade your Axe?" "Yes! I made it a Copper Axe and everything..." "Are you charging the Axe before you use it?" "I'm pressing the B Button lots of times..." "That won't work. To break a large Stone or a Stump, what you need to do is hold down the B Button to charge your Tool first." "I didn't know that..." "If you want to cut up a Stump with a Copper Axe, you have to use it about 6 times, even with charging." "That's a lot of work!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I bought a Chicken, but it won't lay Eggs for me!" "Are you feeding it, sis?" "..........." "You're not, I see. Chickens need to eat, just like you. Actually, they lay Eggs even if you don't feed them, as long as they don't become unhappy." "How do I feed them, then?" "I'll explain tomorrow." "My Chicken will be hungry!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Feeding Chickens, right? They sell Chicken Feed at the same place as you bought the Chicken." "......" "What's wrong?" "They're closed today." "Don't worry. There's another way. Do you have Corn?" "Umm...No." "In that case, just let your Chickens out for a few hours, and they'll find worms and things to eat on their own." "Great! I'll go do it now!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You mentioned Corn yesterday. What if I did have some...?" "There's a way to turn Corn into Chicken Feed. You know the Water Mill Next to the Chicken Coop?" "What about it?" "It will grind up Corn into 30 bushels of Chicken Feed for you!" "Where do I throw the Corn?" "You can throw it from anywhere, as long as it lands in the Water Wheel." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I let my Chickens out to eat, but they still don't lay any Eggs!" "You didn't let them out whet it was raining, did you?" "Yeah...Why?" "They become very unhappy when they get rained on!" "Really?" "Of course! It has to be sunny when you let them out, little sis!" "I get it now." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How do I feed my Chickens the regular way?" "Do you have Chicken Feed in the Feed Bin?" "Yeah, I went out and bought 825 bushels from the Poultry Farm!" "825 bushels! That's a lot!" "Well, I had 8,250G with me, so...." "Just was long as you don't waste it." "I won't." "Until tomorrow, then." "OK." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." It was about how to feed your Chickens, right?" "All you do is throw Chicken Feed into the Feed Box in the Chicken Coop." "I can put it in any Feed Box I want to?" "Yeah, as long as you put Feed in one Feed Box for each Chicken in the Coop." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How do I get the Chicken Feed to put in the Feed Box?" "Just press the A Button in front of the Feed Bin Door in the Chicken Coop. The same thing is true for the Feed Bin Door in the Barn." "Now I think I finally know everything about feeding my Chickens!" "Don't forget to do it, now!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I ran out of Chicken Feed. What do I do now?" "...What do you mean, exactly?" "I put Chicken Feed in all of the Feed Boxes in the Chicken Coop. Then, it was gone the next day, even though I only have 1 Chicken..." "Chicken Feed always only lasts for 1 day. So, be sure not to put more in than the number of Chickens in your Coop. If you do, it'll go to waste." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How can I get more Fodder?" "You buy it at Yodel Farm for 20G a bushel." "Is that it?" "If you plant farm grass Seeds, then harvest it with a Sickle when it's full grown, it'll wind up in the Feed Bin as Fodder. It will even grow back after a while! After that, all you have to do is pick it up at the Feed Bin Door, just like Chicken Feed." "I get it now." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I bought a Ball, but I'm not sure what to do with it." "If you throw it, your Dog will go fetch it. This trains your dog, you see." "Trains him for what?" "For instance, he'll be able to chase away wild dogs if they try to sneak in at night." "How will I know if the wild dogs come?" "You won't. That's why it's important to train your Dog. You can also do one more thing." "What?" "I'll tell you tomorrow." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "How to protect your animals from wild dogs at night, right? But first, I forgot one thing. You can only train your dog when he becomes fully grown." "You can't train puppies? They don't like fetch?" "No. Dogs grow quickly, though, so don't worry." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Oh yeah, protecting your animals from wild dogs." "First of all, don't let them outside. Wild dogs can't cat inside the Barn." "What else?" "You can also build a Fence with Lumber. Wild dogs can't get through the Fence unless part of it is broken." "Maybe I'll try it!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Is there any way to keep wild dogs away from my animals other than building a Fence or keeping them inside?" "There is one more way..." "Like what?" "You can use your Sickle, Hoe, Axe, or Hammer to attack the dogs." "That sounds so violent ...!" "In that case, do what I said yesterday." "I will, bro." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "The Turnips and Cucumbers I was growing turned a funny color suddenly." "That's because the season has begun to change. If the season changes, then some things will wilt if it becomes the wrong season for them." "But they were so close to being harvested!" "Too bad, but they're wasted now. To avoid this, make sure to harvest your crops in the correct season." "And they looked so good, too..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Can wilted crops be used for anything?" "Nothing at all. Just cut them up with your Sickle as soon as you can." "That's it...?" "Yes. Cut them up with your Sickle and plant Summer vegetables as soon as you can. " BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How do I use my Fishing Rod?" "Just equip it and press the B Button, right?" "I try that, but it doesn't work!" "Are you trying in a place where you can fish?" "Like where?" "Like a river, or the sea, or the lake behind the mountain. Where were you trying it?" "In my house, or out in the field..." "No, you definitely can't fish there, ha ha!" "OK. I'll go try again." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I still can't manage to catch any fish." "Are you sure to push the Button again when the lure bobs?" "No...I was just sort of waiting." "When a fish bites the hook, the lure will bob up and down. Push the button quickly to reel in the fish." "I didn't know about that part..." "Sometimes it turns out even then that the fish got away, or it was only garbage to begin with. Fishing requires lots of patience." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Typhoons are really scary, aren't they?" "You bet. You can't go outside at all! That means you can't take care of your animals or crops. The wind can also destroy your crops or Fences." "I can't do anything about it?" "Nope. Not even the Harvest Sprites will go outside during a typhoon. All you can do is keep the animals safe in their barn." "I'll just pray one never comes, then!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It looks like my Fence broke. How do I fix it?" "Sorry, but you can't fix a broken Fence. You have to throw it away." "What a waste! How do I do that? I tried to pick it up, but I can't." "You can't pick up broken Fences. You have to smash them with your Hammer. Once you do, you can build a new Fence." "I have to smash the Fence with my Hammer, huh?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard that the Hot Spring can recuperate Stamina and Fatigue. Is the effect greater the longer you stay in?" "Up to a point. One hour is usually plenty. Staying in much longer won't make a difference." "I see." "Do you know what else you can do in the Hot Spring?" "No, what?" "I'll tell you tomorrow." "I knew you'd say that!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "I was telling you about other things you can do in the Hot Spring, right? You can throw an Egg in to make a Spa-Boiled Egg." "That sounds delicious!" "Just throw the Egg in from the hole in the Fence near the Hot-Spring." "That's all?" "That's it. By the way,Spa- Boiled Eggs are the same no matter what kind of Egg you throw in." "It would be shame to use a Golden Egg, then!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I want my Eggs to hatch into baby Chicks. How do I do that?" "There's a place you can do it in the Chicken Coop, you know." "You mean the thing on the left side of the Chicken Coop?" "That's it! It's the Incubator. If you put Eggs in it, they'll hatch in about 3 days. You can't use the Incubator if the Coop is already full, though." "The Chicken Coop can hold 4 Chickens before expanding and 8 after, right? Got it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How do I become friends with the townspeople?" "That will happen naturally if you talk to them every day." "I try, but they don't seem to like me much..." "Don't worry. They'll warm up to you eventually. If you want them to like you even sooner, though, you should give them presents. Everybody has different likes and dislikes, though, so you should be careful." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I increased the size of my house, but it doesn't seem to make much difference..." "You can buy more things on TV Shopping, for one thing." "Like what?" "Like a Refrigerator, Shelf, Kitchen, and other Kitchen goods." "I know I can cook with a Kitchen, but I don't have much experience cooking!" "It's easy, sis. To start out, just follow recipes." "Will you teach me?" "Tomorrow." "I'll be waiting, bro." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Sure, I'll teach you how to cook. What Utensils do you have? Wait, if you don't even have a Kitchen, then you won't have any Utensils either." "Why do I need Utensils?" "You can cook many more things if you have Utensils." "But they don't sell them at the Supermarket..." "They sell them on the TV Shopping Network." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Oh yeah...Cooking, right?" "But first, I don't even have a phone in my house. How do I order from the TV shopping Network?" "Isn't there a phone some- where close to you?" "There is one at the Inn, now that you mention it." "Just use that one, then." "OK. Thanks for your help." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I bought a Kitchen and I tried cooking, but every- thing I make turns out a "Failure". Why?" "Do you actually follow a recipe, or just throw some things together?" "Umm...The second, I guess." "You have to follow a recipe, silly! Otherwise you're likely to get a "Failure"." "But I don't know any recipes! Where do I learn them?" "I'll teach you that tomorrow." "OK. I'll be waiting." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About learning recipes, right? It's easy. You can learn from the people in town, or from the TV, or other places, too. A cooking progrm is on on Tuesdays on the left channel." "Thanks, brother! I can't wait to make something good for a change!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I finally succeeded!" "What did you make?" "Fried Rice." "Did you see the recipe on TV?" "Yes." "With Fried Rice, you can improvise and add lots of other ingredients, you know. Try it yourself." "Once you gain some experience, you can begin to improvise and even invent your own dishes." "I can't wait to try!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You told me before about watering my vegetables, but do I have to even when it rains?" "No. That's why you welcome the rain when you grow lots of crops." "But, the animals will get unhappy out in the rain, right?" "Right. You can't have everything your way!" "By the way, snow is basically like rain in these ways." "I can't grow crops in Winter, though." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I finally bought a Cow!" "Great!" "But...I don't know how to take care of it!" "First I'll tell you how to feed it. Just take Fodder made from cut farm grass to the Feed Box in the Barn and put it in." "What if I don't have any farm grass?" "Then you'll have to buy it from Yodel Farm. It costs 20G a bushel, which is pretty expensive. So, it's better to make it yourself." "Got it. What next?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Taking care of Cows, right? Today I'll tell you about grazing your Cows outside. First of all, you can't pick Cows up, so you have to push them from behind to get them to leave the Barn." "But, sometimes I can't get behind them!" "That's when you use a Bell to get them to move toward you. Once they move a few steps, you can move behind them and push. If the Cow's affection for you isn't very high, it might now come when it hears the Bell, though." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Today I'll tell you more about grazing your Cows. If you have a field of farm grass ready to be harvested, your Cows will graze on that. This saves you the effort of cutting it and bringing to to their Feed Boxes. It takes a few hours for them to eat, though. " "OK." "Also, grass grows back sooner after Cows graze on it than when you cut it with your Sickle." "That's good to know!" BEGINNER "My brother is taking the day off today, so no . Sorry." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it? But first, let me apologize for yesterday. I feel fine now." "In that case, can you tell me some more?" "Sure. More about taking care of cows, then. Today I'll tell you about brushing them. First you equip the Brush --" "I don't have one!" "The blacksmith will sell you one. Just face the Cow and use the Brush. The Cow will love it if you brush her once each day. That's enough, though." "Got it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Taking care of Cows, right? Today I'll tell you about milking them. First you use the Milker --" "I don't have one!" "The blacksmith will sell you one. Just equip it, then face the Cow and use it to Milk her. Cows only give Milk once each day, remember." "OK. Got it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Taking care of Cows, right? There's something about milking them I forgot to tell you." "What?" "You can only milk adult, non-pregnant Cows." "Makes sense. I can't wait to drink some nice fresh Milk!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Taking care of Cows, right? I tried milking my Cow, but I couldn't get any Milk." "It was an adult?" "Of course." "And she was healthy?" "She was, but she was unhappy." "I should have mentioned that only happy Cows give Milk, not sick or unhappy Cows." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Taking care of Cows, right? Today I'll tell you about the size of Milk that Cows give. There are 3 sizes: S, M, and L." "How are they different?" "They look different, and their size is different as well." "What does that mean?" "I'll explain tomorrow." "I knew it!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Different sizes of Milk, right? Size determines the price of Milk when you sell it. The bigger the size, the more gold you get." "How do I get bigger sizes?" "I'll tell you all about that tomorrow." "Not again!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were "telling me yesterday..." About how to get bigger sizes of Milk, right? If you take good care of your Cows everyday, their Milk will get better naturally. That means talking to them, brushing them, and feeding them everyday." "Sounds like a lot of work!" "By the way, when the Milk reaches G size --" "What's that?" "That's Golden Milk, which only comes from Cows who come in first place in the Cow Festival. There are other sizes too." "I've only gotten S, M, and L through regular daily care." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I think my Cow got sick!" "But I thought I told you all about how to take care of your Cows!" "Well, I spent so much time listening to you, this one got sick!" "In that case, I'll tell you how to cure sick Cows. First, buy Animal Medicine from Yodel Farm, then use it on the sick Cow." "Sounds easy to me." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I want more Cows. How do I do that?" "You can buy another Cow from Yodel Farm, or use Cow Miracle Potion." "That's sold at Yodel Farm too, right?" "Right. If you use it on an adult Cow, it'll become pregnant. In about 20 days a baby Calf will be born." "Only adult Cows can get pregnant? Makes sense to me." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "How to make new Cows, right?" "Right. I used Cow Miracle Potion, but it didn't work." "It's an adult Cow, right?" "Right." "Is it healthy, then?" "No, it's the Cow that was sick." "I should have said before, but Cows must be healthy to get pregnant." "OK." BEGINNER "You know..." "What's wrong? You don't seem very well." "I think I got sick..." "Are you sure you aren't exhausted? Are you doing things like using Tools in the rain or late at night, or staying up too late, or using Tools even though you have no Stamina left...?" "Maybe...All of those." "Some things you can do to keep from getting sick are bathing in the Hot Spring, or sleeping well, or lighting a fire in winter with Lumber or Branches, or even putting flowers in your Vase." "OK. I got all that." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I finally bought a Sheep!" "Congratulations!" "But I'm not sure about how to take care of it." "It's not so different from taking care of a Cow. Only shipping is what you can ship from it." "How so?" "You can use Clippers to shear Wool from a Sheep. Unlike Cows, though, you can't shear Wool from Sheep everyday." "If you say so." "I'll tell you more about it tomorrow." "I hate waiting..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Caring for Sheep, right?" "After you shear a Sheep once, its coat won't grow back for a full 7 days. You can't get more Wool from it until then." "I see." "By the way, you can buy Clippers from the blacksmith." "OK. I'll remember." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Is there anything different about Sheep and Cows, other than Wool?" "Well...The Fodder is the same, grazing them is the same, brushing is the same, giving them Animal Medicine is the same --" "What about making them pregnant?" "For that you need Sheep Magic Potion. Cow Magic Potion won't work, of course!" "Makes sense to me!" "That's the only difference I can think of." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I'm asking the Harvest Sprites to do some work for me --" "That's great!" "But, they don't do as much as I want them to!" "They just aren't used to it yet. They have to learn their jobs, too, you know." "Once they get used to it, they'll work better, you mean?" "Of course! Also, don't forget to give them small gifts as a thank-you when they're done." "I'll remember!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard that you can train the Harvest Sprites. Is it true?" "Yes." "How do you do it?" "You do it through Mini- Games. When you talk to a Harvest Sprite, you get to choose between asking them to work or playing Mini- Games. Choose the Mini-Game." "So I can just play Mini- Games with them all day to train them really quickly!" "No, you can only play once a day. Sorry." "That's too bad." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." About training the Harvest Sprites, right? You see, different Mini-Games train different skills." "Like what?" "The "Harvest" Mini-Game" makes them better at harvesting, and the "Animal Husbandry" and "Watering" Mini-Games help them improve at those things, too." "Makes sense to me." "But, if you make them fail at the game, they'll actually get worse, so be careful." "I will!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I guess the Mailbox isn't just for decoration, huh?" "No, you'll get notices of new items at the store, or letters and cards. So, it's a good idea to check it every so often." "You're right about that." "Once you read letters, they're stored in your Bookshelf in case you want to read them again." "Thanks. I'll keep that in mind." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "The town is so big, I still get lost sometimes!" "If you get lost, look at the World Map on the Menu Window after pressing START. That will show you the layout of the town, as well as where you are. Soon enough you'll have it all memorized." "That's sure handy!" "It will also show you where your Dog is, which is useful if you can't find him." "Great!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Can I buy back a Cow that I've sold?" "Sorry, but you can't. I guess this means you sold your Cow, right...? "Yes, because I couldn't afford Seeds for Fall planting!" "You still can't buy her back, whatever the reason. Sorry. "And I had finally gotten her to give me G size Milk, too! What a waste!" "Now you'll have to start all over with a new Cow. Good luck!" "Oh, man..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What does the World Map show, aside from me and my Dog?" "It also shows the location of your Ball and Basket." "Why those two?" "Well, your animals always stay on the farm, and the Harvest Sprites only work on the farm. What else would you want on there?" "How about the location of all the townspeople?" "Sorry, that's just not possible." "Too bad!..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard you can have presents giftwrapped at the Supermarket. What will they wrap, exactly?" "Just about anything you could give to somebody." "Even Stones or Weeds?" "If you wanted to! But, noboody wants to receive Stones or Weeds. And, if you wrap them up, they'll be even less happy with you. They'll expect something nice, you see." "OK." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "My Dog is growing up nice and strong!" "That's great! So, he'll chase away wild dogs when they come?" "You bet! He also comes when I use my Bell to call the Sheep and Cows that I have grazing." "You've been training him, I see." "I have. Right now we're training everyday for the Frisbee Tournament in Summer." "He must love all the attention." "He does. It's fun for me, too." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "My Dog has grown up big and strong, but my Horse hasn't gotten very much bigger." "What? You have a Horse now?" "I forgot to tell you, I guess. Sorry." "That's OK. Anyway, Horses take longer to grow than Dogs. It takes them about a year to get become full- grown." "What can I do with it then?" "I'll tell you tomorrow." "If you say so." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About what fully grown Horses could do, right?" First, you can use Saddle- bags to ship things. Face the Horse and throw what you want to ship, and it will be done!" "That's great! That means I don't have to put every- thing in my Rucksack, go out to the Shipment box, then take it all out again. How convenient!" "That's right." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About what fully grown Horses could do, right?" "You can also ride the Horse, of course." "That sounds fun!" "It makes moving around much faster. You can also enter in Horse Races." "That means I can bet on myself to win, and then win tons of prizes, too, right!" "That's right, sis." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Is there anything else a fully grown Horse is good for?" "Not apart from shipping Items or entering the Horse Races, no." "That's too bad..." "I should tell you how to take care of it, though. Your Horse will like it if you talk to it and ride it everyday. You should brush it every day, too. Also, put it in the Barn on rainy days, just like your other animals." "All that seems easy enough." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What's a "Cottage?" "It's an extra house for yourself that you can ask Gotz the Woodcutter to build for you. I hear there's another way to get one, but I'm not sure what it is." "How is a Cottage different from my regular house?" "Well, you can sleep there, but there is no Kitchen, so no Refrigerator or Shelves. It's basically just for fun." "It's so expensive, though!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about this really big fish that I caught in the sea last Summer. It looked almost like a squid, but huge..." "That sounds like one of the legendary "King Fish." I bet you had to have a really high level Fishing Rod to catch it. I hear they only come out in Spring or Winter. There are some other conditions for catching them, but I'm not sure what they are." "How many King Fish are there?" "6 in all, but that's all I know about them. What did you do with the fish once you caught it?" "I'll tell you that tomorrow." "That's my line!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what I was telling you yesterday..." "What you did with the King Fish, right?" "Right. It was way too heavy for me to carry home, so I just took an ink rubbing of it and then released it back into the ocean." "I can't wait to see that rubbing! I'm proud of you, sis." "Gee, thanks!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard that no crops will grow during Winter. Is that true?" "It is. Not even farm grass will grow under all that snow." "So all I can do on the farm during winter is take care of my animals?" "Yes. You can also do other things you don't normally have time for." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You said that since I can't grow crops in Winter, I ought to use the time for something I usually don't have time for. Do you have any suggestions?" "How about digging in one of the mines?" "Now that you mention it, I haven't done that at all!" "Or, you could spend all day fishing, for instance." "That sounds like fun, too!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About what to do in Winter, right?" "Is there anything else to do, besides fishing and mining?" "Let's see...You can't farm anyway, so you could upgrade your Tools. Or, you could spend the time talking with the towns- people." "I guess there are lots of things to do in Winter!" "What do you want to do most, sis?" "Let's see..." "Think about it, and tell me tomorrow." "OK." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I know what I want to do most in Winter, now." "What is it?" "I think I want to dig lots in the mines." "That's a good idea. Should I tell you more about them?" "Yes please!" "OK. That'll be tomorrow's subject." "I can't wait!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About mining, right? First, there are two mines you can go to. One is past the Hot Spring behind the mountain." "Next to the waterfall, right?" "That's it. The other one is on the island on the far side of the lake." "Wait a second! How do I get to it, then?" "You have to wait until Winter for the lake to freeze, then walk over it then." "I hope I don't slip..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About mining, right? Today I'll tell you about stairs going down that you find when digging in the mine. Go down the stairs to get to deeper levels of the mine. The deeper you go, the more valuable things you'll find, so take these stairs whenever you find them." "How do I get back to the surface, though?" "Don't worry. You'll see stairs going up, too." "Thanks. I feel much better now!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About mining, right? "Today I'll tell you how to do actual digging. Use your Hoe to dig up the ground of the mine. You'll be able to tell where you've dug because it will look the same as a tilled field. You only need to dig the same piece of earth once. Digging more than that won't have an effect. "So, if nothing comes out, go on to the next patch and try. I get it!" "Also, use your Hammer to smash Stones in the mine. Sometimes Ore will come out." "OK." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Can I wear the jewelry Saibara makes myself?" "Why? Do you think that doing so would increase your HP or something?" "I thought it might... Or, maybe just make me look prettier... "Sorry, but you can't wear the jewelry yourself. You can ship it, though. I wouldn't want to sell it! Not after using all that Orichalc and gold to have it made in the first place!" "You can sell it for a lot of money, though!" "Hmm...Naww, I couldn't. BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I found something else in the mine, but I'm not sure whether it's rare and valuable or not." "What is it?" "An ore called Adamantite." "That's great, sis! You can give it to Saibara and ask him to make you a Maker with it." "What's a Maker?" "There are three kinds of Makers: Cheese, Yarn, and Mayonnaise." "You'll tell me more about them tomorrow, right?" "How'd you know, sis?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "The Makers, right?" "Right. Will you tell me what they do?" "The Mayonnaise Maker makes Mayonnaise, the Cheese Maker Cheese, and the Yarn Maker Yarn! That's all there is to it, sis!" "Now I feel a little foolish for asking...How do you use them, though?" "I'll tell you that tomorrow." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "About using the 3 kinds of Makers, right? Well, to use the Mayonnaise Maker, just toss in Eggs. To use the Cheese Maker, just throw in Milk. Finally, to use the Yarn Maker, just throw in some Wool. That's it. By the way, the size of the Mayo, Cheese, or Yarn that comes out is equivalent to the size of what you put in the Maker to begin with." "I get it now." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Where do the Makers go?" "The Mayonnaise Maker goes in the Chicken Coop, and the Cheese and Yarn Makers in the Barn." "That makes it easy to put the Eggs, Milk, or Wool in them, doesn't it?" "Right. That way you don't have to carry them far. Except maybe if you're grazing your animals." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "How much does it cost to have one of those Makers made?" "It requires 20,000G and a piece of Adamantite." "That's very expensive!" "It is indeed. But, once you buy one, it never breaks, and you can use it forever to increase the sale price of your farm goods. You'll also be able to cook more things." "I see. That's still a lot, though...!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Snowstorms are really scary, aren't they?" "You bet. You can't go outside at all! That means you cant take care of your animals or crops. The wind can also destroy your crops or Fences." "I can't do anything about it?" "Nope. Not even the Harvest Sprites will go outside during a snowstorm. All you can do is keep the animals safe in their barn." I'll just pray one never comes, then, just like a typhoon!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Can I only find Orichalc and Adamantite Ores in the mine by the Spring?" "That's right. In that mine, all you'll find is Mystrile, Adamantite, and Orichalc." "What about in the mine on the lake?" "There you can find other Ores that you can ship." "So, if I want to make money, I should go to the lake, and if I want to upgrade or make things, I should go to the spring, right?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I bought a Sheep and a Cow at Yodel Farm. The Sheep is full grown, but not the Cow. Why?" "Cows grow more slowly than Sheep. That's why the Cows that Yodel Farm sells aren't full grown yet." "But Cows won't give Milk unless they're full grown, right? I guess I'll just have to wait until it gets older!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You can't watch TV when there's a typhoon or a snowstorm, right?" "Right. Why?" "Will TV programs I miss because of the weather be shown the next day, or maybe the next week?" "No, they just skip those shows and go on with the next one." "So, there's no way I can see shows I missed?" "Not until they re-broadcast the whole series, no." "That's disappointing!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I've been wondering... what is it I eat every morning?" "Don't you know yourself? Basically, Bread or Rice Or, anything else that you've ever made before." "So, I should just make something that recuperates a lot of Stamina and Fatigue every morning then, right?" "That sounds about right." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I was up late at night and wanted to watch TV, but nothing was on. Why not?" "All programs stop at midnight. That's why." "Aww...And I used to like to stay up late watching TV, too." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What determines how affection level changes when you give gifts?" "Well, whether they like the gift or not, for one thing. Also, if you give them gifts too often, they'll have less effect. And, people will be more appreciative if the gift is on their birthday (assuming they like it, of course)." "How do I figure out people's birthdays?" "You could give them gifts everyday and watch their reaction...?" "There's got to be a better way!" "Maybe there's someone you can ask, then...?" "I can't believe even you don't know, bro!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday... Do you know what people in town like and don't like?" "Sorry, but I don't. But, it's also impossible to give everyone every- thing and watch their reactions..." "You bet it is!" "Still, it's a good idea to try giving people some things, and you may get the hang of it." "I see." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Do you know what day it is today?" "Sure. It's the Winter Thanksgiving Festival." "Yes. That mean... Here you go, Chocolate!" "Gee sis, thanks! I'll try it right now...Mmm.... It's delicious! " "I'm glad you like it!" "I do. Now I'll have to top it for the next Spring Thanksgiving Festival!" "Great!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "The Harvest Goddess came and told me when my Pedometer reached 10,000 steps." "Oh yeah, I thought I heard something like that. She might also come when you ship a certain number of things, or catch a certain number of fish." "Well, she herself told me that I didn't receive anything special for it. It's no big deal, I guess." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You don't save when you sleep this time, right?" "Right. Instead, select Diary in the Menu Window or investigate the Diary in your house. "So I can save anywhere and anytime, right?" "Well, you can't open up the Menu Window when you're on your Horse, remember." "OK, so that's the only time I can't save, right? BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What's the difference between my Refrigerator and Shelves?" "You use them for different things. Basically, things you eat go in the Refrigerator and every- thing else goes in the Shelf." "I see." "Also, you can't put Dogs, Chickens, or Baskets in either one." "That makes sense." "Also, you can put 99 of each Item in each space, which is more than the Rucksack." "That's a lot!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "You told me yesterday that I could fit 99 Items in each space in my Shelves or Refrigerator. I tried, but it doesn't work." "That doesn't make any sense...What was it?" "Eggs..." "If they were different kinds of Eggs, then you can't put them in the same space." "I should have thought of that myself!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Can you use something other than food Items to cook with?" "Sure. Just put it in your Rucksack and then select it. But I've never heard of anything like that in a recipe!" "But if you can use some- thing other than food in a recipe, then maybe there's something good you can make..." "It's a possibility, I guess..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "My Chicken died..." "Of sickness?" "Yes..." "I forgot to put it in the Barn when it started raining...I feel awful!" "You know, these things cause your reputation in town to go down." "Really?" "When it's your fault. Not when animals die of old age, of course." "I'll be more careful in the future!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I ate a "Power Berry", but I'm not sure exactly what it is." "It increases your maximum Stamina." "So I can eat as many as I can?" "There are only 10 in all, and each one increases your Stamina by 10. That makes 100 in all." "How much do I start out with?" "100." "So I can increase my" Stamina by 100%. That's great!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "Is there any way to find out how many Power Berries I've eaten?" "If you look at the Farm Property page in your Earnings, then there's a picture of you and your name, right?" "Right." "Under that are some red circles." "Uh-huh." "Each one of those means one Power Berry that you've eaten." "That's easy enough, I suppose. BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "If the red circles in my Earnings mean Power Berries, what do the blue circles next to them mean?" "Those are the number of Mysterious Berries you've eaten. You get them from the Kappa. Which, I see you've already done..." "What do the Mystic Berries do then?" "They make you slower to Fatigue, so you'll collapse from overwork less." "I didn't know that! I just thought it tasted good!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What are the heart-shaped symbols on different pages of my Earnings book?" "Those show you levels of affection people have for you. There can be as many as 10." "So, if someone has 10 hearts for me, then they like me incredibly much?" "That's about it." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I saw something strange on sale at Gotz's place." "What was it?" "It was called "Golden" Lumber." Do you know what that is?" "I've heard that putting that in your field can get the townspeople really mad at you for showing off." "But why is it so expensive?" "Think about it this way: only someone who wanted to boast about how rich they were would buy a piece of Golden Lumber, much less put it in their yard for everybody to see!" "I'm tempted..." BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I bought the Golden Lumber and put it in my yard --" "Why would you do that!" "Don't get so mad at me! It wouldn't fit in the Woodbin, you see." "That's because it's not like regular Lumber. You can put it in your Shelves instead, show-off..." "I don't like everybody calling me names like you, so I think I'm going to move it as soon as I can!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "I heard that I can communicate with the Game- Cube version of the game." "That's true." "How do I do it?" "First, do you know how to find the Harvest Goddess? "No." "I'll tell you that first, then. You know where the mine by the spring on Mother's Hill is, right?" "Behind the Hot Spring, right?" "Right. Well, the Harvest Goddess appears in the spring to the right of that." "Got it. Be sure to tell me how to communicate tomorrow, OK?" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." About how to communicate with the GameCube, right? First, you have to throw an offering into the Goddess's spring to make her appear. Then,select"Communicate". That's about all there is to it, sis. I've never done it, but that's what I hear, anyway." "I can't wait to give it a try and see if She really does appear!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "What's the Blue Feather?" "What?! You mean they're already selling it at the Supermarket?" "Yeah, I've seen boys give it to girls a few times, now." "Oh, I see. The Blue Feather is what people use when they want to propose marriage." "So, when those girls accepted the Feather, they were saying "Yes" ? How romantic!" BEGINNER "Hey big bro!" "What is it?" "It's about what you were telling me yesterday..." "Is there something about the Blue Feather you don't understand yet?" "I told you they were selling it at the Super- market, but they didn't have any when I went to look!" "They wouldn't sell one to a girl, sis!" "So the only way I can get one is to have someone propose to me?" "That's right." "That's no fair!" ###################################### c) Life on the Farm Advanced (lotfadd) ###################################### ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the wandering salesman, Won. Lately he's staying at Zack's house in Mineral Beach, where he's selling his wares. You can buy Seeds, Dog Training Tools, or Jewels of Truth from him. Some of the Seeds he has they don't carry at the Supermarket. He also has Balls and Frisbees for Dogs. You can find books on those at the Library, I think. I'm not sure what Jewels of Truth are for, but I think you can get some- thing when you collect 9..." "I wonder what it is?..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me about controls!" "OK, first I'll teach you to move around on the Map Screen. Control Pad: *Run or Walk" "Why 'or', Sis?" "You can decide which the Control Pad does with the Movement Settings in the Diary in the Menu Window. Option 1 is Walk, and Option 2 is Run." "Then how do you perform the opposite action?" "With the R Button to: Run in Option 1, or Walk in Option 2." "I see! You can use the Control Pad to Walk and the R Button to Run, or the other way around!" "That's it!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about moving around on the Map Screen." A Button: *Talk to people *Investigate *Pick up something *Throw something By the way, if you talk to someone when you're holding something, you'll give it to the person." "You mean give a gift?" "Yes, but you can't give away animals, or really important things, like Baskets." "I see..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about the A Button." You can investigate things like Signs, or Walls, or Bookshelves to see what they have in or on them. Of course, sometimes you won't find anything. Also, you shouldn't investigate when you're holding something." "Why not?" "Because if it turns out that there's nothing there, you'll end up throwing what you're holding!" "Ah, of course!" "Also, you can't pick up some things that are too heavy, like huge Stones." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about moving around on the Map Screen. Actually, what I told you yesterday about using the A Button wasn't entirely true. The A Button does things not when you press it, but when you release it, you see." "What do you mean?" "For instance, if you face a Sign and investigate it to read it, you won't actually see what it says until you release the A Button." "So you didn't tell the truth yesterday?" "I was just trying to make it easier to understand!" "Hmm..." "And, if you hold the A Button down and press another button, it will have a different effect. We're out of time for today, though." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about other controls while holding down the A Button, right? Hold down the A Button, then press the B Button to switch to the Tools and Items Screen, or press the L Button to switch Items you're holding." "What do you mean?" "After holding down the A Button and pressing the L Button, use the Control Pad or the L Button to switch what you're holding with something in your Rucksack. Of course, you can't put things like animals in your Rucksack!" "So you can switch Items you're holding on the Map Screen. That's useful. Do you have to hold down the A Button the whole time?"As long as you hold down either the A Button or the L Button, you'll be able to keep switching Items." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about other controls while holding down the A Button, right? " If you press the R Button while holding down the A Button, it will cancel the A Button, and you will return to walking or running." "You mean Option 1 or 2, which you choose in the Movement Settings in the Diary in the Menu Window, right?" "Yeah, where you can set which controls to use for walking and which for running. I'll teach you about some- thing else tomorrow." "OK. Bye now." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about moving around on the Map Screen. B Button: *Use equipped Item *Put away what you're holding Use equipped Items is easy enough. You can't use anything if you're not holding it!" "Other than things like Seeds, Animal Medicine, and Cow and Sheep Miracle Potion, you can use a Tool as many times as you like, right?" "That's true, but you do use up your Stamina." "What does that mean?" "I'll explain that tomorrow!" "OK..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was explaining that using Tools uses up Stamina, wasn't I? I think you should learn about the basic controls first." "That's no fair..." "Now back to putting things away with the B Button on the Map Screen. It doesn't matter what you have equipped, just what you're holding. Of course, you can't put some things in your Rucksack because they're too large. Also, your Rucksack can become full." "I see..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about moving around on the Map Screen. Just as with the A Button, it's not pushing the B Button that activates it, but releasing it. You can do different things by pushing other buttons while holding down the B Button. For example, push the A Button while holding down the B Button to move to the Tools and Items Screen..." "Didn't you mention that for the A Button, too?" "Yes, good memory. You can view the inside of your Rucksack by pushing both the A and B Buttons in whichever order you like." "I see!" "That's it for today." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about other controls while holding down the B Button, right? Press the L Button while holding down the B Button to switch Tools equipped." "Is that like switching Items with the A Button?" "Exactly! Use the Control Pad or the L Button to decide which Tool in your Rucksack you want to switch the current one with. As long as you hold down either the B Button or the L Button, you'll be able to keep switching Tools." "That's the same as with Items, too!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about other controls while holding down the B Button, right? " You can switch Tools by holding down the B Button and pressing the L Button, but not if you're holding something." "Why not?" "Because if it's food, you have to eat it!" "I see!" "If you press the R Button while holding down the B Button, it will cancel the B Button, and you will return to walking or running." "That's the same as for the A Button, right?" "Right. Option 1 or 2, which you choose in the Movement Settings in the Diary in the Menu Window. That's it for the B Button, so I'll teach you about something else tomorrow." "OK. Bye bye." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "OK, here's more about moving around on the Map Screen. L Button: EWhistle First, you only Whistle when you release the L Button, not when you press it. Also, if you just use the L Button, you'll call both your Dog and Horse to you. If you press the Control Pad Up or Left at the same time, though, you will only call your Dog. If you press the Control Pad Down or Right at the same time, you will only call your Horse." "I see..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the L Button." "It seemed difficult just to whistle..." "Remember, you can just use the L Button, but that will call both your Dog and Horse." "I guess you're right." "If you hold down the L Button and press the B Button, you can change Tools equipped. If you press the A Button instead, you can change Items..." "You taught me that before, right?" "Right. Finally, hold down the L Button and press START to view the Town Map, or SELECT to view the Farm Map." "What are those?" "I'll leave that for tomorrow!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about Map Screen controls." START EOpen the Menu Window Press START to open the Menu Window at the bottom of the screen. The icons displayed are (from the left): EDiary ETools and Items ETown Map EFarm Map EEarnings EMemo ETutorial I'll start from the first one, Diary. We're out of time now, though..." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more about controls!" "Today's lesson will be on the Menu Window. First, I'll explain about the Diary. ...But first, I ought to explain the Menu Window Controls. All you do is move the cursor Left and Right with the Control Pad, switch to the selected screen with the A Button, or close the Menu Window with the B Button or START." "You don't use the other buttons?" "Nope! I'll explain about your diary tomorrow." "If you say so." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was telling you about the Diary in the Menu Window, right? The main purpose of the Diary is to save and load games." "What else?" "You can also change these: EMovement Settings EClock Display EName Display I explained Movement Setttings before. It's where you determine which buttons to use to walk and run. Clock Display determines whether or not the time and date is shown in the lower right hand corner when you are moving. Face and Name Display determines whether the name and face of the person you are talking to is shown in the Message Window. ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. Today I'll tell you about controls in the Diary from the Menu Window. First, move the Control Pad Up and Down to move the cursor up and down to select a setting to change. Next, move the Control Pad Left and Right to change the settings. Press the B Button to close the Diary Window. Also, press the A Button to save or load when those are selected. That's about it for today." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Tools and Items Screen. The Tools and Item Screen shows what you have in your Rucksack. You can also change what you're holding or equipped with here. You can do this on the Map Screen, too, don't forget. This Screen is most useful for checking your possessions." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Tools and Items Screen controls. Basically... EControl Pad: Move cursor EA Button: Enter EB Button: Cancel EL/R Buttons: Move cursor between Tools and Items. "That's easy enough!" "That's because you're my brother!" "Thanks, sis." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Town Map. On the Town Map Screen, you can see a map of every- thing! Point your cursor at something to see an explanation below." "That sounds pretty simple." "Here's this, then: The Control Pad moves the cursor, and the B Button closes the Map Screen and returns you to the Menu Window. Press the L Button to move the cursor more slowly, and the R Button to move it more quickly. Got all that?" "I think so..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Town Map. The Town Map also shows where you and your Dog are. Also, it will show the position of your Ball and Basket if you have them. You can use this to help you look for things you've lost. Of course, the map will only show you the approximate location, not exactly where it is. So, you'll still have to do some looking on your own. Also, if it's someone else's house, the map can't show you what floor your lost item is on." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Farm Map. The Farm Map Screen shows an overview of your farm. It's useful to look at when you forgot what you planted where, for instance." "That sounds pretty simple." "Here's this, then: The Control Pad moves the cursor, and the B Button closes the Map Screen and returns you to the Menu Window. Press the L Button to move the cursor more slowly, and the R Button to move it more quickly. Got all that?" "I think so..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on the Farm Map. On the Farm Map, you can see the location of all your animals in all the buildings on your farm: EYou, your Dog, your Ball, and Basket (if they're on the farm, that is) EChickens, Baby Chicks, Sheep, and Cows (if you have them) EHarvest Sprites (if they're working for you) That's about it." "Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be on your Earnings. The Earnings Screen is divided up into many pages. The first one shows your name, how much gold you have, the number of your animals, bushels of Feed, and Lumber, and the affection of your pet. The next pages are animal list pages, one for Chickens, Cows, and Sheep, If you have them. " "So if have don't have Sheep, then there will be no Sheep page?" "Exactly." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be more on the Earnings Screen. Next page is the Harvest Sprites page. This page shows the affection of each Sprite for you, how much their enthusiasm is for the job, and whether each is doing a job for you or not. Job enthusiasm is shown with a gauge, in the order of Watering, Harvest, and Animal Husbandry. The next page is your Income and Expenses. Income and Expenses for this month is at the very top. Below that is your daily Income and Expenses for the current season. At the very bottom is your Income and Expenses for the last 3 seasons. The last page shows the levels of all your Tools." "More tomorrow, right?" "Of course!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be more on the Earnings Screen. Like I said yesterday, the final page on the Earnings screen shows the levels of all your Tools in numbers and a gauge. When the gauge becomes full, a small picture of an Ore will be shown below that Tool. That ore tells you what level the Tool can be upgraded to. Remember that you don't need to upgrade right away. You could wait to upgrade a Tool until it became ready for a Mystrile upgrade, if you wanted to!" "Yeah, but that would take forever!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be more on the Earnings Screen. On the Tool Level List, there is a number to the right of each gauge. This percentage shows the experience level of the Tool. When it reaches 100%, the tool may be upgraded. To upgrade a Tool, bring it to the blacksmith. I'll tell you more about the controls of this Screen tomorrow." "OK. Bye now." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be about controls in the Earnings Screen. Flip pages with the Left and Right Control Pad, and scroll with the Up and Down Control Pad. Press the L Button with the Up and Down Control Pad to scroll more slowly, or the R Button to scroll more quickly." "I think I've seen instructions like these before..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be about the Memo Screen. The Memo helps you remember what you've done: *Number of shipments *Number of Fish caught *Other There's one page for each." "That's all?" "It's more than it looks like at first glance. For instance, there are over 100 types of Items to be shipped, and many kinds of Fish to be caught. The memo keeps track of each individually, but I'll explain more tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be more about the Memo Screen. I was going to tell you even more about the Memo Screen, but it doesn't have a direct bearing on game- play, so I decided against it. It's more fun that way." "Awww, sis!... By the way, how high do the counters for shipping and fishing go...?" "That's a secret! It sure isn't 999. That much I can say." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Menu Window. Today's lesson will be about the Memo Screen controls. "Flip pages with the Left and Right Control Pad, and scroll with the Up and Down Control Pad. Press the L Button with the Up and Down Control Pad to scroll more slowly, or the R Button to scroll more quickly." "Are the controls for these Screens all the same?" "You catch on quick!" "I knew it!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Message Window. The top left of the Message Window shows the face of the person you're talking to, and the top right shows their name." "It's not fair our names and faces aren't shown!" "...Maybe, but you can also choose not to display it." "You mean in the Diary, right?" "Good memory. Actually, you can change this when the messages are shown, too." "You'll tell me how tomorrow, right...?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about erasing the names and faces in the Message Window." "You were going to teach me how to do it without going to the Diary, right?" "Well, that's what I said, but it turns out I was wrong. The Diary is the only place to do it. Sorry!..." "Thanks a lot, sis!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about things in your home including some things you might not have yet. The first is the Bed. This doesn't need very much explanation, I know. Just investigate it, and you wake up the next morning." "But, why can't I just work on the farm until morning comes? I can save at any time, right?" "You'll collapse if you work like that!" "Really?" "I'll explain more later." "Bye now." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I was saying that if you don't get enough sleep, you'll end up collapsing. If you use any Tool, you lose a bit of Stamina. If you run out of Stamina, you collapse. That's not such a big deal. But, if you keep on using a Tool when you have no Stamina, you'll build up Fatigue. If you build up Fatigue until you collapse, you'll be carried to the Clinic. It takes a full day to recover then!" "What does that have to do with not sleeping?" "I'll explain it tomorrow." "OK..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I was saying that if you don't get enough sleep, you'll end up collapsing. If you don't get sleep, Fatigue builds up. So, even if you don't do any work, you'll end up being carried to the Clinic if you stay up all night." "Don't you recuperate Stamina and Fatigue?" "You do, if you: EEat food EEnter a Hot Spring ESleep There are other ways to recuperate as well, but I'll tell you about them later." "OK. You build up Fatigue when you use Tools when your Stamina is drained, or when you don't sleep, right?" "Right." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you about how you build up Fatigue. Aside from what I told you yesterday, you also build up Fatigue when you use a Tool either in the rain or late at night. Also, I forgot to tell you that some foods can drain your Stamina and cause Fatigue." "What food could do that?!" "Two things are Poison Mushrooms, or failed dishes. There are some others, too." "I'd better be careful!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about things in your home (including some things you might not have yet). Now I'll explain the Diary. This is the same as the Diary in the Menu Window. You can use it to save or load games, or make various settings." "Wouldn't it just be easier to use START and go to the Diary from the Menu Window...?" "Sometimes people just like a change of pace, that's all!" "If you say so..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Calendar. It's useful for finding out about the season's events." "How do you use it?" "Investigate it to display the Calendar Screen. Use the Control Pad to move the cursor to the day you want to check, then press the A Button. The Message Window will show what's planned then. Use the B Button to step back from the Calendar. Oh yeah, days with events on them have a helpful symbol on them." "Thanks. Very useful!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the TV. You can use the TV to watch many interesting programs. The Control Pad is your remote control: *Up: Weather forecast *Down: This program *Right: News *Left: Variety programs You can change channels at any time, do don't feel like you have to watch the whole thing. The B Button turns the TV off, and the other buttons fast forward the messages. That's all there is to it!" "Easy enough, I guess." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about different TV programs. First is the Weather forecast. It's usually fairly accurate, so make a habit of checking it every morning when you wake up. Next is the News, which tells you what events are going on this season. The day before or the day of an event, the news sometimes covers that event only. So, it's a good idea to remember events as much as you can." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about TV Stations. is this program, so it needs no description. A different Variety program is on each day of the week: *Sunday: My Dear Princess *Monday: Fishing Hour *Tuesday: Dueling Chefs *Wednesday: Aaron Changes *Thursday: Star Lilly, Bandit Girl *Friday: Mechabot Ultror *Saturday: TV Shopping Network or St. Emerald Academy Well, that's it for today!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about TV Stations. "Fishing Hour" has information about fishing, and "Dueling Chefs" has information about cooking. You might find them useful. The TV Shopping Network is where you order a whole lot of stuff, so it's very useful. The other programs are just there fore your enjoyment. They don't really have a specific purpose. " "I see..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about TV Stations. They stop broadcasting late at night; midnight to be exact. Also, the signal won't come through on stormy days." "So I can't watch TV then?" "No, you just have to get rest and wait for the next day to start." "That's too bad!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Bookshelf. The Bookshelf is where you keep Books or Letters you have already read. If you investigate the Bookshelf, you can select between View Books or View Letters. You can then choose which one to read. You won't have any Letters at the very beginning, but check your Mailbox for them. You do start out with some Books, and you'll get more over time." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Tool Box. This is where you can keep all your Tools. 8 fit on each page, and there are 8 pages, so you can have 64 kinds Tools in all. You can hold up to 99 of each kind of Tool. This is useful for things like Seeds, which you need to stock for next year." "If I have enough gold to stock up, that is!" "The first year could be tough, but..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Refrigerator. It's where you keep Ingredients for cooking. Just like the Tool Box, you can fit 99 of each kind of Item. This is much more than what your Rucksack holds. Also, this time you won't get a Refrigerator just by expanding your home. You'll need to buy it on the TV Shopping Network. Expanding your home is a little cheaper than last time, but you have to pay for the Refrigerator, so the whole process ends up costing little more." "OK. I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Shelf. This is where you keep Items that aren't for cooking. Just like the Tool Box, you can fit 99 of each kind of Item. This is much more than what your Rucksack holds. Also, this time you won't get a Shelf either just by expanding your home. You'll need to buy it on the TV Shopping Network. Expanding your home is a little cheaper than last time, but you have to pay for the Shelf, so the whole process ends up costing little more." "OK. I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about controls for your Shelf" and Refrigerator. Basically: EControl Pad: Move cursor EA Button: Enter EB Button: Cancel EL/R Buttons: Move cursor between Items, Shelf, and Refrigerator Screens. The controls are a lot like the Tools and Items Screen. Also, select an Item and then press START to throw it away." "Why would you do that?" "If you wanted to throw away all 99 of one kind of Item, for instance." "Hmm...It must be tough deciding what to keep and what to throw away." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Kitchen. You can't cook unless you have a Kitchen. Of course, you'll also need Utensils to make most things. Buy both Kitchen and Utensils on the TV Shopping Network. You can't buy Utensils until you have a Kitchen, and you can't buy a Kitchen unless you have a Refrigerator and Shelves. I'll cover Utensils more tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Utensils. There are 8 Utensils: EKnife EFrying Pan EPot EMixer EWhisk ERolling Pin EOven ESeasoning Set You'll need different Utensils to cook each recipe. You can learn recipes by experimenting yourself, by talking to people in town, or by watching TV." "Somehow I don't think I'd be too successful experimenting..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about cooking. First, enter your Kitchen without holding anything." "Why not?" "Because you'll end up holding what you make. When you enter the Kitchen, you'll have these choices: ECook EView Recipes EExit First I'll explain Cook. When you select it, you'll see the Utensil Window. We're out of time today, so I'll finish tomorrow." "I hate waiting!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about the Utensil Window when you select Cook in the Kitchen. The controls are basically like other screens. But, things change a bit when you select Seasoning Set and the Seasoning Window appears." "That's where I can choose to use Sugar, Salt, Vinegar, Soy Sauce, or Miso, right?" "Right. Don't use them indiscriminately, though, or your dish won't turn out well at all! Once you select Seasonings, you'll move to the Ingredient Window. I'll explain that tomorrow." "Aww...Not more waiting!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about what happens when you investigate the Kitchen, select Cook, then select Seasonings to use. The Ingredient Window opens, which is where you choose which Ingredients to use from the Refrigerator or your Rucksack." "Can I choose anything? Even things in my Rucksack that aren't edible?" "You can, but no guarantees on how it'll turn out! The controls are like the other screens. Once you've chosen at least one Ingredient, press START to move to the Utensil Window." "More tomorrow, right?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about cooking. After investigating the Kitchen and selecting Cook, then choosing Utensils and Ingredients, you have the following choice: EUse these Ingredients ERestart from Ingredients ERestart from Utensils The bottom two are easy to understand. The first one starts the actual cooking, and what comes next depends on what the outcome is. I'll explain it tomorrow." "Not again..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about what happens when you cook something. If the recipe doesn't work, you'll get a message telling about your failure. If it was your first time making something, you'll get a message offering to write down the recipe. If you make a dish exactly the same way you made it before, you'll get a message telling you it's been made. Finally, if you make the same dish but change it, you'll get a message offering to rewrite the recipe." "Is that it for now?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about cooking. When you investigate the Kitchen and then select View Recipes, you'll see a list of recipes you've made before. Of course, you won't see this if you've never made anything successfully. Once you see the list, use the cursor and the A Button to select the dish you want to make. The next message depends on whether or not you have all the right Ingredients." "Let me guess: More on that tomorrow, right...?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you more about what happens after you choose to make a recipe you've already made before. If you have all the right Ingredients, you'll see the following choice: EFollow the recipe EImprovise recipe EMake another recipe The first option makes the dish. The second option will bring you back to the Utensil Window, remembering the Utensils for the recipe and the Ingredients you've chosen. The third option will bring you back to the recipe selection screen. That's it for today." "How much more is there...?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "OK. I'll teach you about what happens when you don't have all the Ingredients for the recipe you've chosen to make. The selection will be: EImprovise recipe EMake another recipe The first option will bring you back to the Utensil Window, remembering the Utensils for the recipe and the Ingredients you've chosen. The second option will bring you back to the recipe selection screen. That's it for today." "We're done with cooking now, right...?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Clock. You have to buy it from the TV Shopping Network." "Does it just tell the time...that's all?" "What's wrong with that?" "But you can see the time anyway, in the bottom right corner of the screen!" "Some people just like to keep Clocks in their house, OK?! Consider it fashion." "Whatever you say, sis..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Mirror. It will tell you messages when you look in it, but it serves no real purpose. It's basically just for looks. Buy it from the TV Shopping Network when you have extra money." "I don't think that'll be anytime soon..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Vase." You can use it to hold flowers." "Does that do any good?" "It does! Flowers will help you recuperate Stamina and Fatigue in the morning when you wake up. Just how much depends on the kind of flower. Also, flowers will wilt quickly if you don't use them in the right season. The wandering salesman Won will come by once in a while to sell you the Vase." "Got it, sis." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you how to use your Vase." All you have to do is investigate the Vase while holding a bunch of flowers to put them in it. If there are already some in the Vase, you'll throw them away automatically, so be careful. You'll be asked for confirmation, though, so don't worry about it too much." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Fireplace." You'll get one when you add a second floor to your home. Throw Branches or Lumber on it to start a fire and cheer up your home." "Why does just throwing wood in the Fireplace start the fire, sis?" "Never mind the small stuff! The important thing is that your home will heat up, which will recuperate Stamina in Winter but cause it in all other seasons." "Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Carpet. You can buy it from the TV Shopping Network to put in your home. It really does serve no purpose other than decoration, though." "So you really don't need to buy it at all?..." "Maybe when you have extra money." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Large Bed. It's really just a larger Bed than your first one." "So it doesn't have any use, either?" "You can't get married without a Large Bed. That's where your wife sleeps." "Why does she get the Large Bed?" "That's where she'll sleep with your child when it's born." "That seems awfully far away..." "Just remember this when you want to get married." "If you say so." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Bath. You can't order a Bath until you add a second floor to your house. Once you do, you'll be able to bathe at home." "You mean like the Hot Spring at Mother's Hill?" "Yes. If you enter your Bath for 30 minutes at home, you'll recuperate Stamina and Fatigue. (If you enter the bath between 5:30-6AM, you'll be forced to get out at 6AM. The health effects aren't as large as at the Hot Spring, but it's nice to have in your own home." "Yes, it sounds relaxing." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Sock hook." "What's that?" "On the wall to the left of the Bookshelf, there is a place to hang a Sock. This is the Sock hook. If you hang a Sock here on the 25th of Winter, someone may give you a gift. But, Socks aren't sold any- where, so you have to get someone to make you one. You'll need Yarn for that, though..." "I didn't know about that!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Record Player. They sell them someplace, but I've never seen one around here. Put a Record on it to play music." "That sounds pretty obvious to me!" "Give me a break, will ya?" "Sorry, sis..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your farm buildings. First is the Shipment box. Put shippable Items here, and in the evening the shipper will come to pick it up and leave you money." "How do you know what's shippable?" "You can't even put things that aren't shippable in the Shipment box, so you'll figure it out." "You're not very helpful, sometimes!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Mailbox. Investigate it to see if you have any new letters. It's a good idea to check it once in a while, since you never know when a letter will arrive! Letters are put away in the Bookshelf once you've read them, so go there to read them again. If you get two ore more identical letters, only one will remain in your Bookshelf." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Doghouse." "What good is the Doghouse?" It has your Dog's name on it, but your Dog doesn't sleep there. Especially in the rain, when you should let him in your house. I really don't know what good it is at all..." "It might not be useful, but I like it!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Tree. There's a Bee Nest in the Tree, and you can investigate it once a day to find Honey." "Only once a day?" "They can only make so much!" Also, in Fall Apples will fall, so you should pick them up everyday. You can eat them straight or use them for cooking." "If I don't have a Refrigerator, I probably shouldn't pick too many." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about the Water Mill. If you face the Mill and throw Corn in, you'll make 30 bushels of Chicken Feed. If you compare the price of Chicken Feed and the price of Corn, you'll see it's cheaper to make the Feed yourself. But, it's a close call. It's always good to remember if you run out of Feed and the Poultry Farm is closed." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Woodbin. If you chop up Stumps or Branches with your Axe, they will automatically go in the Woodbin. So does Lumber when you buy it from Gotz. If you want to take out Lumber, just investigate the Woodbin when you aren't holding anything. To put Lumber you're holding in, just investigate as well." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Stable. It's where you keep your Horse." "But I don't have one in the beginning, right?" "That's right. But this is the only place a Horse can go. Remember, you have to keep your Horse (and all other animals) inside on rainy or snowy days." "I'll remember." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Barn. The Barn is where you keep you Cows and Sheep. It's where they come when you buy them from Yodel Farm. You can also put Chickens in here, but you can't give them Chicken Feed in a Barn. So, you should always keep them in the Chicken Coop. Inside the Barn, there is: EFeed Bin Door EFeed Boxes EShipment box I'll explain these tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Barn. First is the Feed Bin Door. This is where you get Fodder kept in the Feed Bin. You have to carry the bushels of Fodder back, so you have to have empty hands, remember. You can also put back bushels you won't use here. You can get Fodder either by cutting grass on your farm or at Yodel Farm." "Got it!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Barn. Want to learn about Feed Boxes? Place Fodder here to feed the Cows and Sheep in the Barn." "The grazing Cows and Sheep won't eat from Feed Boxes?" "Exactly. They'll find grass to eat on their own. So, you have to think of just how many animals are in the Barn. If you put in too many bushels of Fodder, it will disappear the next day and go to waste." "Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Barn. This lesson will be about the Barn Shipment Box. This is the exactly like the one outside your house. The shipping guy will come everyday to pick up what you have to sell. He'll leave the right amount of gold, which is the same whichever Shipment box you use. "That makes it easier to ship things like Milk, right?" "That's the idea." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about expanding your Barn. Before Barn expansion, you can only keep 8 Cows and Sheep total, but afterwards you'll have room for 16!" "In whatever combination I want?" "Yes, you could keep 8 of each, or 16 Sheep, for instance. There are also some things you can't buy until you expand. I'll explain about that tomorrow." "OK..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about things you can't put in your Barn until you expand. First is the Cheese Maker. You can get the black- smith to make this for you. When you do, just throw Milk in and it becomes Cheese!" "What kind of cheese?" "Never mind that! What matters is that the more Milk you put in, the more Cheese comes out. Next is the Yarn Maker. The blacksmith makes this, too. Throw in Wool to make Yarn. The larger size Wool you put in, the larger size Yarn comes out. That's it for the Barn." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about your Chicken Coop. Just as you'd guess, it's where you keep your Chickens. When you buy Chickens from Yodel Farm, they're put in the Chicken Coop. Cows and Sheep are just too big to fit in the doorway. The Chicken Coop contains: EChicken Feed Bin Door EFeed Boxes EIncubator EShipment box I'll explain more tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Chicken Coop. First is the Chicken Feed Bin Door. This is where you get Chicken Feed kept in the Feed Bin. You have to carry the Chicken Feed back, so you have to have empty hands, remember. You can also put back Feed you don't use here. You can buy Chicken Feed from Yodel Farm, or make it yourself at the Water Mill." "Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Chicken Coop. Want to learn about Feed Boxes? Place Chicken Feed here to feed the Chickens in the Chicken Coop." "The Chickens grazing won't eat from Feed Boxes?" "Exactly. They'll find stuff to eat on their own. So, you have to think of just how many Chickens are in the Coop. If you give them too much Chicken Feed, it will disappear the next day and go to waste." By the way, Chicks don't need to be fed at all." "Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Chicken Coop. How about the Incubator? Place Eggs here and they will hatch into Chicks in 3 days. Just hold an Egg and investigate the Incubator to put it in. Only one Egg at a time fits. Also, all baby Chicks are born the same, no matter what kind of Eggs you use." "Interesting..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you more about your Chicken Coop. This lesson will be about the Shipment box. This is the exactly like the one outside your house. The shipping guy will come everyday to pick up what you have to sell. He'll leave the right amount of gold, which is the same whichever Shipment box you use. "So it's just like the one in the Barn too, right?" "That's the idea." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about expanding the Chicken Coop. Before expanding your Chicken Coop, you only have room for 4 Chickens. After expanding, though, you'll have room for 8! "8 Chickens could sure lay a lot of Eggs!" "Indeed. There is also something you can't buy until you expand. I'll explain about it tomorrow." "OK..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about what you can't put in your Chicken Coop until you expand. It's the Mayonnaise Maker! You can ask the black- smith to make it for you. Just throw in some Eggs to make delicious Mayonnaise! The larger the Eggs you put in, the more Mayo will come out." "All this sounds an awful lot like what you said about the Barn..." "I can't help it if they're the same, can I?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "Today I'll teach you about water drawing spots. These are places you can fill your Watering Can. The closest one is the pond below the Shipment box. It doesn't have to be there, though. You can draw water from anywhere, like the river or lake. You might find the pond most convenient for watering crops though." "Sounds good to me." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "From now on I'll teach you about places outside your farm. First is the Hot Spring on Mother's Hill. Bathing in the Hot Spring recuperates Stamina and Fatigue." "By how much?" "The longer you stay in, the better. You can't get better than your maximum Stamina, or reduce your Fatigue below 0, though." "Can I go on rainy days?" "Sure. Weather doesn't matter at all." "Great!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the mine on Mother's Hill? In the mine, you can: EDig the ground with a Hoe ESmash Stones with a Hammer By digging the ground, you'll be able to find stairs going downward or various grasses. By smashing Rocks, you'll be able to find Ores. The deeper you go in the mine, the more valuable things you'll find." "How far down can you go?" "I don't know...At least 10 levels below ground." "I bet I could go farther!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Woodcutter's? House in the forest? Gotz lives there. You can buy Lumber from him, or ask him to to expand your farm. If you buy Lumber, he'll deliver it straight to your Woodbin, so you don't have to worry about it. If you ask him to expand something on your farm, he'll start the next day. It takes him 3 days to finish a project. You can't change your mind once you ask him, and he only works on one thing at a time. Oh, I forgot: You have to talk to Gotz behind the counter at his store. This is the same for all the other stores, too." "I'll remember." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Poultry Farm in south Mineral Town? Here you can: EBuy or sell Chickens EBuy Chicken Feed EBuy Animal Medicine The first thing you have to do when you buy a Chicken is name it, so think of a good name beforehand. When selling a Chicken, you get to select which of your Chickens you want to sell. You can't sell baby Chicks. I'll explain about buying Chicken Feed tomorrow." "OK. I'll wait." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Poultry Farm, right?" Just like with buying Lumber from Gotz, when you buy Chicken Feed from the Poultry Farm, it is shipped directly to your Chicken Feed Bin. You don't need to worry about carrying it. Animal Medicine is considered a Tool to be equipped, so you can put it in your Rucksack. If it's full it will be shipped directly to your Tool Box." "What if the Tool Box is full, sis?" "You'll be told that there's no room for it, so you can't buy it. This is true for all Tools, actually." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about Yodel Farm in south Mineral Town? Here you can: EBuy or Sell Cows and Sheep EBuy Animal Fodder EBuy Animal Medicine EBuy Cow or Sheep Miracle Potion EBuy a Bell When you buy a Cow or a Sheep, the first thing you do is name it, so think of a good name first. I'll explain the rest tomorrow." "There is awful lot to buy here, isn't there?" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about Yodel Farm, right?" When you want to sell a Cow or a Sheep, a list of your animals will appear. Just choose from that. By the way, you can only sell fully grown animals. Also, when you buy Animal Fodder, it's delivered straight to your Feed Bin, so you don't have to worry about carrying it. Animal Medicine and Bells are considered Tools, so when you buy them they're placed in your Rucksack that way." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Saibara the blacksmith in south Mineral Town? Here you can: EUpgrade tools EBuy Brushes, Milkers, or Clippers EHave Cheese, Yarn, or Mayonnaise Makers made EHave jewelery (necklaces, broaches, or earrings) made Brushes, Milkers and Clippers are all Tools, so they're placed that way in your Rucksack. I'll explain the rest tomorrow." "See you then." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about Saibara the blacksmith, right? Today I'll explain about how to upgrade your Tools. First, put the Tool to upgrade and the Ore equivalent to the level you want to upgrade it to into your Rucksack. They don't need to be equipped." "Which Tools can be upgraded?" "Let's see...Hoe, Hammer, Axe, Sickle, Watering Can, Can, and Fishing Rod. Ores you can use to upgrade are, in order: Copper, Silver, Gold, and Mystrile. Once you've selected what you want, Saibara will tell you how much gold and time it will take. You can decide if it's worth it or not." "Makes sense to me!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about Saibara the blacksmith, right? Today I'll tell you more about upgrading Tools. Saibara's grumpy, so once he accepts your job, he'll throw you out of his shop. You won't be able to come back until he's done." "What if I forget to go pick it up?" "He won't throw it away or anything, but why would you delay using your new Tool?" "Sometimes I forget..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about Saibara the blacksmith, right? Today I'll tell you about having Cheese, Yarn or Mayonnaise Makers made. First, place the necessary Ore in your Rucksack. You don't need to be holding it." "Which Ore is that?" "Adamantite. He'll tell you how long it takes (5 days), then you can confirm your order (or not). More tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about having Saibara make you Cheese, Yarn, or Mayonnaise Makers, right? Once Saibara accepts your your job, he'll throw you out and get to work. You won't be able to go back in until he's done. But, you don't even need to pick it up at all. He'll have it delivered to your Barn automatically. Speaking of which, you can't buy a Maker until you've expanded your Barn." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about Saibara the blacksmith, right? Today I'll tell you about having Necklaces, Earrings, Bracelets, or Broaches made. First, place the necessary Ore in your Rucksack. You don't need to be holding it." "Which Ore is that?" "Orichalc. He'll tell you how long it takes (1 day), then you can confirm your order (or not). More tomorrow." "OK." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about ordering jewelry from Saibara, right? Saibara's grumpy, so once he accepts your job, he'll throw you out of his shop. You won't be able to come back until he's done." "What if I forget to go pick it up?" "He won't throw it away or anything, but there's no reason to let something so pretty go to waste..." "You're right." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Aja Winery in north Mineral Town? Here you can: EBuy Wine EBuy Grape Juice Both are food, so they'll go into your Rucksack as food Items. If you have a Refrigerator, you can buy as many as 99 at once!" "How many can I buy without a Refrigerator?" "Only as many as you have room in your Rucksack for. You can only fit 1 per space, so not many." "I see." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about Mary's Library in north Mineral Town? This is a great place to read books. And, since it's a Mineral Town Library, it has books with lots of useful knowledge about life in Mineral Town." "Do they always have the same books?" "Sometimes they get new books in, so I recommend checking every once in a while." "That sounds smart." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Supermarket in north Mineral Town? Here you can: EBuy Seeds EBuy food EBuy certain Tools (like Rucksacks) EHave presents giftwrapped First, I'll talk about Seeds. Different Seeds are sold in different seasons. Also, they're considered Tools, so that's how they are carried in your Rucksack. "Fair enough." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Supermarket, right?" Today I'll tell you how to buy food. All the food is arranged by kind, so just investigate the kind you want to determine the amount to buy. You have to have space in your Rucksack and gold, of course. Here you can buy: ERice Balls EBread EOil EFlour ECurry Powder EMuffin Mix EChocolate That's all." "Seems like a lot to me!" ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Supermarket, right?" First, I'll explain about buying Rucksacks. First of all, you don't need any room to carry them. As soon as you buy one, your space to carry Tools and Items will double. Also, you can only buy 1 at a time, and new ones may not come in for a while. Next, I'll explain about Baskets. You need to have empty hands to buy a Basket, because as soon as you buy it, you have to hold it. It won't fit into a Rucksack, you see." "Alright." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Supermarket, right?" Today I'll talk about buying the Blue Feather. First of all, it won't go on sale until there's a girl ready to marry you." "How do they know?" "Everybody in Mineral Town knows everything about everybody else! Especially when it comes to romance." "Sounds pretty scary to me!" "Ha ha. By the way, it's considered a Tool." "OK..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Supermarket, right?" Today I'll explain about getting gifts wrapped. First, place the Item you want to have wrapped in your Rucksack. You don't need to be holding it. Next, investigate the giftwrap counter, then select the Item to wrap." "Can I have anything wrapped up?" "Anything that would fit in a Refrigerator or Shelf." "So no Baskets or animals. Got it." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Mineral Clinic in north Mineral Town? Here you can: EBuy medicine EBe examined To buy medicine, go talk to Elli behind the counter. In the beginning, she'll only sell you: EBodigizer ETurbojolt But, if you gather lots of grasses growing on the mountain, then EBodigizer XL ETurbojolt XL will go on sale." "Why is that?" "I'll explain tomorrow." "If you say so." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was telling you that shipping grasses gathered on the mountain leads to new medicine being sold, right? That's because these grasses are used to make the medicines! Of course, only some kinds of grasses are use to make medicine." "Could I make them, then?" "You mean like cooking them up? You could try! Tomorrow I'll explain about getting examined by the Doctor." "Bye for now." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Mineral Clinic, right? To be examined by the Doctor, go talk to him behind his counter. He'll tell you exactly how much Stamina and Fatigue you have. He won't actually treat you, though." "Then what good is it?" "It's very useful to know exactly what kind of health you're in. Besides, it doesn't cost much." "I guess you're right..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Doug's Inn in north Mineral Town? Here you can: EEat EMake phone calls Doug serves different foods at different times of the day, but you can't take anything home." "Some of the things Doug makes, I can make myself. Why should I pay extra to eat it at the Inn?" "Doug's a pro, so his food will help you recuperate more than your own." "Hmm..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Doug's Inn, right?" Today I'll tell you about making phone calls. Just investigate the phone to make a call. The only time you'll need to is when ordering s from the TV Shopping Network." "How do I know what to buy?" "If you see something on TV that you want, and you can pay for it, just go make the call! They'll deliver it after a set number of days." "Sounds easy to me." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Church in north Mineral Town? Here you can: EConfess EHave curses lifted You need to go into the confessional inside the Church to do either one. It's door on the left. To confess, you'll choose what you want to confess about from a list. Then, Carter will tell you whether or not the Harvest Goddess will forgive you. If she will, you'll notice that townspeople like you more, or that your Stamina improves. Nothing bad happens if you're not forgiven, by the way." "Seems too good to be true..." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "Teach me more from yesterday!" "I was talking about the Church, but I forgot to mention that you can only confess once a day. Today I'll explain about having curses lifted." "What's a curse, sis?" "Sometimes you'll find cursed Tools in the mines. If you equip one of these, you can't put it down until you have the curse lifted." "I hope I never pick up a cursed Tool!" "But, they can be very powerful, you know." "I'll have to see for myself, I guess." ADVANCED "Hey, big sis!" "What?" "What will you teach me about today?" "How about the Kai's Seaside Lodge on Mineral Beach? Here you can eat great meals. But, just like Doug's Inn, you can't bring the leftovers home." "Kai always serves the same food, right?" "Right. The Lodge isn't open all that long, and only in the Summer, anyway." "It's probably worth going to check out, I guess." ############################## d) My Dear Princess (mdearpri) ############################## Episode 1 I am the Princess of this country. Today, it seemed to me that things were more lively outside. When I went to see why, it appeared that our hero had returned to us. His latest adventure had apparently involved going to slay a demon lord in a country to the North of us. Ah, our hero must be truly mighty, to have slain a demon lord... I would wish for someone as mighty as this hero to be my husband. I have it, I need only wed this hero to make my wish come true. A hero who slew a demon lord could hardly be called unsuitable by anyone. I am certain that I will be congratulated by one and all. Now that I think of it, though (and even if I don't), I know nothing about this hero. I haven't even seen his face. Still, there is likely to be a celebration of some sort, seeing as how we have a hero who has returned from slaying a demon lord. I will take that opportunity to talk to him, or some such. To Be Continued Episode 2 So I went to the celebration for the hero's triumphant return and all. My first impression was not so much that of a hero, really, but rather, someone who fights beside the hero. He was a big guy, with all these muscles, you see. Anyway, I chatted him up, only to find that he apparently hasn't done much talking to the ladies, for he turned bright red when I asked him a simple question, barely managing to say a single word in reply. It was actually kind of sweet. I don't think I'd have much trouble marrying him at all, though I'd like to see for myself just how strong he is and all. There must be something I can do... "How about this, then?" To Be Continued Episode 3 I was startled to hear a voice from nearby. Eh? Who's there? I wondered as I looked in the direction the voice had come from. There, standing outside the window, was a pretty studly guy. The only thing was, my window was three stories off the ground. I decided I was more interested in talking to him than in trying to figure out how he got there, though, so so I opened the window and let him in my room. "My apologies for speaking to you like this," he said. "But you sounded like you were having such fun that I couldn't help myself." But that would mean that I had been thinking aloud...Oh well, whatever. If you heard me talk, then you must know pretty much the situation I'm in. "You mean about how you wish to wed a strong man, and you wish also to see just how strong this hero is?" Yeah, that's it. Have you got any ideas? To Be Continuedret> Episode 4 He did indeed seem to have a good idea in mind, regarding my getting to see the power of our hero. However... "Before we get to that, might I offer myself as a prospective husband too? I'm strong. It's just that..." Just... what? "I'm not human. In fact, I'm the greatest of the demons, what you might colloquially call the demon lord." Eh? The demon lord? But I thought our hero slew the demon lord. Didn't he? "Your hero slew an imposter, in all likelihood. After all, the demon lord stands before you now." But you don't look all that different from us humans. I mean you don't have wings or a tail, or anything like that. A demon lord ought to be bigger, and have a bunch of arms, and give off a weird aura or something, shouldn't he? To Be Continued Episode 5 The man outside my window told me that he was, in fact, the demon lord... "This is what I really look like. While I suppose I could change my appearance to look the way you suggest, to take on such a fearsome form would seem to me to be a sign that one lacks confidence in one's ability. Besides, I also felt that there was no need to go out of my to frighten you. So what you're saying is, you're so tough that you don't have to do that sort of thing. Well, then, how can you prove your might to me, o demon lord? "I will triumph in battle against the hero." Yes, I suppose that if you were to do that, you would have to be mighty. From what I understand, though, our hero doesn't like to do battle without cause. So I doubt he'd give you a fight simply because you asked for one. " In that case, I ask you to let me take you away with me, Your Highness." To Be Continued Episode 6 I wonder what connection there could be between a good idea for getting our hero to show his might, and my being abducted by the demon lord... Excuse me? What, exactly, do you mean by that? "If you were to be abducted the king of this land would almost certainly command the hero to bring you back. Of course, if the abduction of the Princess by the demon lord does not bring the hero at a run, royal command or no, then the effort will have been for naught, wouldn't you agree? Now I see... You mean to get our hero to come to your castle, and fight you to bring me back home. That would certainly give me the chance to see what the two of you are like in battle... OK, it might work. But what should I be doing in the meantime? I mean, if I try to hide here, someone is likely to find me soon enough anyway, so I guess I have no choice but to come to your home... To Be Continued Episode 7 Having our hero and the demon lord do battle might really be a sight to see... "Well, I suggest you resign yourself, because the fact is that you will have to come with me. Once we are at my castle, however, you need not do anything in particular, aside from waiting for the hero to arrive." Well, that sounds kind of dull... Still, I guess there's nothing for it, if I'm going to see you and our hero demonstrate their power, right? OK, you've got a deal. "Then let us be off to my castle. But before we go, would I be an acceptable suitor for Your Highness's hand in wedlock? Oh, come on, of course not. We've only just met, after all, and I hardly know anything about you (though come to that, it's true that I only just met our hero today, too, I admit). Still, seeing as how it looks as though we're going to be living together for a while, let's see how it goes before we make up our minds, OK? To Be Continued Episode 8 And so it was that I went to live with the demon lord for a while... "I can accept that. After all, when all is said and done, I will do battle with the hero and show you my might. So let us not delay further in going to my castle." OK! But, uh... How are we going to get there? "If you will permit me..." So saying, the demon lord grabbed the Princess and went out the window. Eeek! The demon lord just reached out and grabbed me! And since he's grabbing me and leaving by the window means we're going to fly, I guess. Does that mean we have far to go? I hope it won't be too heavy for him to carry me, if we're going flying and all. But then, if he couldn't manage that, he wouldn't be all that strong, demon lord or not, right? Oh wow, we're floating! And it feels... so good... To Be Continued Episode 9 The demon lord took me in his arms and leapt out the window... Do you always do things that feel this good? It seems kind of unfair. "Well, that's probably because you don't have your own wings, and thus, can't fly under your own power. Hardly what I would call unfair, however. Ha ha! I'm kidding. It's that it feels good, though. The breeze is cool, and the view of the towns from up here is lovely. But how far is it to your castle from here? Do we just keep going straight on until we get there? "Yes, it's about 10 minutes' straightline distance from here. Or, if you like, I can go faster still." You can go faster? Then do it, please. To Be Continued Episode 10 I am now on my way to the castle of the demon lord... "We have arrived, Your Highness. There is my castle." You mean, that's it? From here, at least, it looks like a fairly ordinary castle. I would have thought that a demon lord's castle would be all gloomy and dark, surrounded by fog and weird vines and moss growing all over it, and human blood dripping all over everything, you know? "I really would be reluctant to live in such a place...I admit, though, that it isn't as clean or nice as it could be, since I live here by myself." As he said this, we came in to his castle by a second floor window. I had toc wonder whether he always came and went through windows, though I figured it wasn't really all that big a deal. What really got me thinking was hearing that he lived in that big castle all by himself. It had to be a lonely existence, right? To Be Continued Episode 11 The demon lord had a big enough castle, but he lived there alone... "That's one more reason why I brought you here. But please, rest yourself. Your quarters are not yet ready. I will prepare a suitable room for Your Highness while you rest and catch your breath." All right. Oh, you know something? I haven't had dinner yet, and I'm starting to get hungry... What should I do? Come to think of it, is there anything to eat here? And if there is, is it anything that I could eat? You know, I hadn't even thought of that. I could really be in a lot of trouble here, you know? "Oh, you mean you haven't had dinner either? Then why don't we dine together? I'll cook, and I can't offer anything too spectacular... To Be Continued Episode 12 Now it seems that the demon lord is going to make dinner for me... "By the way, I eat the same things as humans do, so you need have no worries on that account." I must admit to being a bit curious about what sort of dinner a demon lord would make, but since I'm here and all, why don't you let me cook instead? What do you say, o demon lord? "Oh, but you are my guest, Your Highness, and besides..." Huh? Oh, I get it, you don't think that a princess like me would even know how to cook. Well, it might come as a surprise, but I'm really not a bad cook. Hanging around a castle, I don't have much to do with my time besides studying, so I use my free time for making candies and such. "Is that so?" Nobody eats my cooking, though, so I don't rightly know whether I'm doing it right or not. To Be Continued Episode 13 I'd like to do my own cooking, seeing as how I've left home and all... It seems OK when I eat my own cooking, though. So let me do it, please. Just once, I'd like to have someone else eat my cooking (even if that someone should be the demon lord). OK? "Very well, please be my guest. I would be honored to be the first to be able to partake of your cooking, Your Highness." Yes! I'll get started right away. I just need to make enough for the two of us, right? "Uh, yes. Now please let me do something to help. OK, why don't you get the utensils. First of all, though, where is your kitchen? Also, I need to know what there is in your icebox. "The kitchen is this way." To Be Continued Episode 14 The demon lord showed me to his kitchen. Now I'm going to cook something wonderful. Tick, tick, tick, done! Oh yes, that's very good. Oh, demon lord, it's done! "Oh, that smells delicious. It looks good, too. Doesn't it, though? I think I outdid myself today. I guess cooking for someone else (even a demon lord) brought out the best in me. Whatever the case, now I'm ravenous. Let's hurry up and get the food over to the table. "Allow me to set the table." Snap! Wow! You just snapped your fingers and instantly teleported my cooking to the table. That's great! It's like a magician's trick! "Well, I can do magic." To Be Continued Episode 15 The demon lord instantly teleported my cooking to the dinner table... "Well, why don't we get started?" Yes, please, eat. Because I'm sure going to. "I'll start with the soup, then." (Slurp, slurp) He's eating it. Oh, yes! He's the only person (even if he is a demon lord and all) besides me to ever eat my cooking... Well? What do you think? I hope you like my soup recipe, I hope I hope. "Yes, it's delicious." Oh good! It's got bits of fish and onions and mushrooms all mixed in, using my own recipe. Now if you like that, try some of this too. "All right then, I'll try these vegetables... Yes, these are good too." Yes! And what do you think of this here? To Be Continued Episode 16 The demon lord ate all my cooking, and really seemed to like it... "That was delicious. Thank you. It seems a shame to think that none of the people in your own castle have ever eaten your cooking, Your Highness. Oh, I'm so glad you liked it. I wasn't really sure if it was any good or not, since no one's ever eaten it before. Now that you've eaten my cooking, though, I'm feeling much more confident. Just wait and see what I come up with next. "Thank you. Now allow me to escort you to where you'll be staying for the next several days or so. It's this way." The room he showed me to was completely covered in layers of dust. "My apologies. None of the rooms in the castle have been cleaned, aside from those that I use myself. To Be Continued Episode 17 The room the demon lord showed me to was completely covered in layers of dust. "I had intended to clean up this room while you were eating. Instead, however, I was captivated by your cooking, and completely forgot my intentions in that regard. If you will wait just a few minutes, I will clean it up for you now." Hey, if I'm going to stay in this room, I'd just as soon clean it myself. And don't tell me that I can't do it because I'm a princess or some such. I already made dinner for us, after all. And seeing as how I'm not in my father's castle right now, I'd be much happier being treated like an ordinary girl, rather than a princess, you know? "I see. Very well, then, you can probably arrange your own rooms to best suit yourself if you clean them yourself. I will leave you to it, but if you need any heavy lifting done, don't hesitate to ask." OK! I'll get started on the cleaning right away! To Be Continued Episode 18 I can at least manage to clean my own room, you know. Whew. All done. Oh, demon lord, I've finished cleaning up in here. "What has become of this room? It's so polished that I can scarcely believe it to be the same room at all." I gave it everything I had. The garbage bag outside the door is full of blackened dusters as a result now. Is there any place where I can dispose of them? "I will dispose of them myself. You have surely gotten yourself dirty from all that cleaning. Feel free to have a bath." Yes! You sure are considerate, o demon lord. I feel so icky with all this dust and sweat on me. I'll have that bath right away. To Be Continued Episode 19 When I finished cleaning my room, the demon lord drew a bath for me. Now where is the bath? Oh, wait, what about changing my clothes? I didn't bring anything with me. "I will go to your rooms in the king's castle and pick some suitable things out of your wardrobe while you are having your bath." Thank you. I'll just go and have my bath, then, and change my clothes when you get back. Splash! Oh, this feels so good. It's a little smaller than my bath at home, but it's big enough for a single person to fit comfortably, and it's got a big window, with a beautiful view, too. Sigh... I came to the demonc lord's castle so suddenly... I bet Mom and Dad and the castle staff are probably worried about what's happened to me. Oh, wait, I haven't been gone very long. They probably haven't even noticed. To Be Continued Episode 20 Come to think of it, I wonder if anyone's noticed that I've gone... Well, I certainly don't regret coming here. There's nobody here at all, which makes it quiet enough, and the demon lord seems nice enough (for a demon lord), not to mention plenty strong, apparently. But I'll let him show me his might when our hero appears. For now, I'll just take it easy. "I have brought you a change of clothes, Your Highness. I will leave it here." Thank you. Well, now that the demon lord is back, I probably should get out of the tub. ... Now to brush my teeth and gargle... Well, that's all done, so I think I'm going to call it a day. Good night, o demon lord. To Be Continued Episode 21 It was such a busy day that I slept like a log... Twitch. Blink. Yawn. I really needed that. That's funny. This doesn't seem like my bed... Oh, I remember, I'm staying in the demon lord's castle. And the sun sure is high in the sky. I must have really slept in this morning, if that is any indication... For a place I've never been before, I sure did sleep soundly. I guess I could make myself at home in this castle. Speaking of which, where is my host? I wonder if he's already awake? I think I'll go peek in his room. First, I'll just get dressed... Well, how do you like that? He brought my entire wardrobe... OK, now I'm decent. Now, off to the demon lord's chambers. Knock knock... Knock knock. Knock knock... O demon lord? That's funny, there's no answer. Maybe he's still asleep? To Be Continued Episode 22 I went to find the demon lord in his chambers, but there was no answer when I knocked. Maybe he's still asleep... Well, that's OK. I'll take this opportunity to make breakfast. Tick, tick, tick, done! All set! Now to go and wake up the demon lord. Knock knock... Knock knock. Knock knock... O demon lord? That's funny, there's no answer. Maybe he's still asleep? In that case, I'll just slip inside. Click. Good morning. Why, the demon lord is sitting in a chair... Hey, is that how you sleep? "Snore... Snore..." Well, I'll be. He's asleep, all right. But why does he sleep like that? Could it be because his wings get in the way of him lying on his back? No matter. I'll just go and wake him up now. To Be Continued Episode 23 Once breakfast was done, I decided to wake up the demon lord... Rustle rustle rustle. Good morning, o demon lord, it's time to wake up. You'd best wake up soon, or else breakfast is going to get cold. "Huh? Oh, it's you, Your Highness. Good morning. What brings you here at such an early hour? Ah, you're awake at last. And it isn't early. The sun is already high in the sky. Anyway, I made breakfast, so I thought you might like to join me. You can't really refuse, though, because I already made plenty for the both of us. "I'd be delighted. Just let me get dressed, and we'll be on our way. Snap!" Wow! You just snapped your fingers, and your clothes instantly changed. That's amazing. It's like seeing a magician do his tricks. "Well, like I said, this is real magic... To Be Continued Episode 24 The demon lord really was asleep. But now we're having breakfast. "This looks like another delicious meal." Oh, thank you ever so much, o demon lord. "And without further ado, let us eat." Oh yes, eat up. And so will I. "I think I'll start with the toast... Hmh?" Uh-oh, all of a sudden the demon lord froze up and took a peek out the window. There's something strange about it... I hope it's not because of my cooking. Maybe he just doesn't like bread of this type? "It would appear that we will not have the luxury of eating breakfast at our leisure. He is here, so we must eat quickly. To Be Continued Episode 25 We were just sitting down to breakfast, when the demon lord started acting strangely... But eating quickly isn't the same as not eating at all. So his actions aren't on account of a dislike for bread. And what did he mean by saying 'he is here'? He couldn't be talking about our hero? It's still too soon for him to be here. Isn't it? "The hero has arrived at my castle. You see, when I went to get your clothes last night, I also left behind a map in your chambers showing the way here, which would explain how he got here, and so quickly. Even on foot, it is only half a day's journey here from the castle of your father the king. So, if you were discovered missing last night, and the king were to waste no time in commanding the hero to rescue you, I imagined that he would be here at about this time. Well, yes, that would explain it. If our hero has arrived, then I guess we had better hurry up and finish eating our breakfast. To Be Continued Episode 26 Our hero has at last arrived at the demon lord's castle. But what should I do? If our hero is already at the gates of your castle, then I hardly have time to sit around and wash the dishes, now, do I? I mean, you and our hero are going to do battle now, and I need to see it. And to do that, I naturally need to be in a place from which I can view the action. But if our hero spots me right away, then there won't be any need for you and him to do battle after all. I guess I've just got to stay hidden someplace where our hero won't be able to spot me. "When you have finished your breakfast, Your Highness, come with me, and I will make the necessary preparations." OK. Wait a second. What kind of preparations are we talking about here? If he wants me to go with him, then I guess it must be so I can watch him do battle with our hero. Still... To Be Continued Episode 27 What sort of preparations do we need to make for the battle between our hero and the demon lord, anyway? We went to a fairly large room that opened onto a stairwell. Here, it seemed, was where the demon lord intended to fight our hero. The demon lord told me that all I had to do was sit in a chair at the top of the stairs. So I did as I was told, and quickly realized that I could see the room below just fine. This would probably be all right for watching the coming battle between the demon lord and our hero. There was also little danger that our hero would simply take me away from here, even if he did spot me, since the demon lord was standing at my side. It was perfect. I even had time to wonder why the demon lord was holding a glass of the mixed fruit juice I'd made with breakfast that morning, especially given that he'd drunk all that I'd made, leaving nothing behind (and I could see that the fruit juice in his cup was fresh, too). As these thoughts were running through my head, however... To Be Continued Episode 28 Our hero was by now standing at the castle gates... With a loud thump, the door suddenly swung open, and our hero strode into the room. "At last I've found you, demon lord! Let Her Highness the Princess go! Oh, wait, there you are, Your Highness! You need have no more fear, now that I have found you." It was good of you to come all this way, o hero. I imagine you must be tired. Drink this, with my compliments." So saying, the demon lord held out the glass of juice that I had made that morning. Now I get it, I thought: our hero had been marching nonstop since the day before to get here, and the demon lord had brought the juice with him so as to offer him some refreshment upon his arrival. That would be an awfully sweet thing for a demon lord to do. Or could it be that he felt defeating our hero while the latter was still exhausted would not be a true proof of his might? And come to think of it, our hero didn't sound as shy as he did before, when he spoke just now, either. Did the prospect of battle bring out a different side of him, perhaps? To Be Continued Episode 29 I wonder if our hero will actually drink the juice that I made... "I don't know what you're up to, but a hero would never drink anything offered by a demon lord." That is so mean of you, especially after I went to all the trouble to fix this juice. Don't bother giving it to our hero, o demon lord. I'll drink it myself. "What's that you say? You prepared this juice, Your Highness? You went to all that trouble for me? Even so, the demon lord may well have put something in it himself..." Well, I didn't exactly make it with you in mind, o hero... And besides, the demon lord isn't the kind of person (even if he is a demon) that would stoop to such tricks (or so I suspect, anyway). I mean it: you really don't have to give it to him. I'll gladly drink it. To Be Continued Episode 30 I made it for the demon lord, after all, so there's no reason for our hero to drink it. "Her Highness has spoken. What will you do, o hero?" "I... accept. (Glug glug) My thanks to you. Your Highness, that was most delicious. Already I feel a new man. And with that, I shall promptly dispose of the demon lord and return you to the castle of your father the king. This will all be over and done with very shortly now." OK, I can handle that. Now that you're no longer fatigued, this contest will be a fair one. I will sit right here and observe the battle between the two of you men (though I keep forgetting that the demon lord isn't a man at all). "Then let us commence this battle, shall we?" "Very well." To Be Continued Episode 31 The battle between the demon lord and our hero has begun at last... Hmm, however you slice it, the demon lord seems to have the edge. I mean, our hero is no slouch, but the demon lord seems to be even better still. Our hero's shoulders are already heaving, and yet, the demon lord hardly even seems winded. I think I can already tell how this will turn out. "Grr... The demon lord of the northern lands was nothing compared to this." "I had no idea you would prove so capable. You are truly deserving of the title of 'hero.' The battle is now over, however." Let it end here, o demon lord, The outcome is decided. Let us let the hero leave here unharmed. No, wait, this will never do. If I do not also return with him, the king and queen, my mother and father, would never sit still for it... To Be Continued Episode 32 There has to be some way of persuading my parents to accept my decision to remain here... Wait, I think I've got it. How about we do this? First, I write my will... And then I take off my shoes... And now, if you will let me have that blade of yours for a moment, o hero, so that I can cut off my hair... There. Now, would you be so kind as to give these things to my father the king? So saying, I tried to make our hero take my shoes, my hair, and the will that I had just scribbled down. All I got in return, however, was a blank, uncomprehending stare. Which only makes sense, seeing as how I hadn't bothered to explain the situation to him. So I stopped and told him the way things were, ending by saying that I was resolved to living with the demon lord, in his castle. "So that is what this is all about. If that be your wish, Your Highness..." To Be Continued Episode 33 Hero, I am resolved to live with the demon lord in his castle. Thank you for your understanding, o hero. "It's nothing. It seems I am no match for the demon lord at present, so it is only right for me to withdraw from the field." "So you realize that the time to part has come. In that case, allow me to give you a token of my esteem, by healing your wounds, like so. Snap!" Wow! With just a snap of his fingers, the demon lord is making the wounds our hero suffered in their battle go away. It's like a magician's trick. Amazing. "I keep telling you, it's real magic." Oh, my wounds are sealing themselves. Thank you. And with that, I will take my leave. "Oh, by the way..." To Be Continued Episode 34 "When you return, there are likely to be those who will wonder what ever became of the demon lord, so feel free to say that you slew me." "Are you sure? You were so much mightier than I, which makes it most unlikely." I did not desire the title of mightiest fighter. All I want is the love of the Princess." "Very well. And I hope the two of you will be happy together." Thank you, and take care, o hero. Good-bye. Now there is no one to come between us, is there, o demon lord? There is still much that I do not know about you, which I hope you will take the time to explain. And I also have much to tell you about myself as well. Now that the two of us people (even though, yes, I know that you are not a person) are going to be living together, I want you to tell me all there is to know about you. The End ######################### e) Fishing Hour (fishuhr) ######################### This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Spring fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Spring, when the fish are bountiful. Sea fish you can catch are Sardine, Herring, and Sandfish. I'll leave it to you to figure out what level Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Spring fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Spring, when the fish are bountiful. Sea fish you can catch are Needlefish and Spanish Mackerel. Very tasty. Lake fish you can catch are Fatminnow. I'll leave it to you to figure out what level Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Spring fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Spring, when the fish are bountiful. Sea fish you can catch are Greenling and Rockfish. Upstream fish you can catch are Mountain Trout. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today Anger Jake is on vacation, so we'll have a special episode instead. Recently, a Japanese huchen measuring more than 100cm was fished in the downstream region. This fish is indeed a River King. The person who fished it said it was good for Sushi, Sashimi, or Grilled Fish. We hope our viewers also learn lots of fish dishes, then go out and catch a River King of their own! Any season except Winter is good, we are told. Until next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Summer fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Summer, when the water is warm and the fish are a little lazy. Sea fish you can catch are Scad, downstream fish are Eel, and upstream fish Cherry Salmon. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Summer fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Summer, when the water is warm and the fish are a little lazy. Sea fish you can catch are Bonito, Dorado, and Red Snapper. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Summer fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Summer, when the water is warm and the fish are a little lazy. Sea fish you can catch are Flounder, downstream fish are Snakehead, and upstream fish are Rainbow Trout. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today Anger Jake is on vacation, so we'll have a special episode instead. The regal Carp is fit to be called a Lake King, but no few angers now living have ever fished it. It is said that Carp only appear for anglers with great experience. Having shipped over 200 fish, for instance... It is said Carp may appear in any season except Winter. This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Fall fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Fall, when the water is cool and the fish are active. Fatminnow can be caught in lakes or upstream. Whitefish and Golden crucian carp can be caught downstream. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Fall fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Fall, when the water is cool and the fish are active. Sea Fish you can catch are Saury pike, and downstream fish are Salmon and Loach. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Fall fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Fall, when the water is cool and the fish are active. You can catch Black bass and Bluegill downstream, at the spring, upstream, and in the lake. You can also catch Crucian carp at the spring or in the lake. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today Anger Jake is on vacation, so we'll have a special episode instead. Once, there was a man who thought he caught a monster when fishing at sea in the nighttime. When day came, though, he saw it was a Monkfish. If you ever see one of these fierce fish, you'll know why they are known as Kings of the Sea. They can be caught in Spring or Winter, and only at night! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Winter fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Winter. Winter fishing is tough, but not impossible. Sea fish you can catch are Rock trout, Fluke, and Kelp bass. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Winter fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Winter. Winter fishing is tough, but not impossible. Sea fish you can catch are Tuna and Blowfish. Downstream fish are Lake smelt. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today we'll ask our renowned fishing expert Angler Jake about Winter fishing. Howdy, folks. This is Angler Jake here to tell you all about what you can catch in Winter. Winter fishing is tough, but not impossible. Sea fish you can catch are Cod and Yellow tail. Downstream fish are Silver carp. I'll leave it to you to figure out what kind of Fishing Rod you need. Thanks for watching, and I'll see you next time! This is "Fishing Hour", your one-stop-shop of fishing knowledge! Today Anger Jake is on vacation, so we'll have a special episode instead. Do you know of the King Fish that can be caught only in Winter? It's said to be a mutant Catfish, which you can catch in a place you're already familiar with. Where is that, you ask? You'll have to find out for yourself. When you fish all of the King Fish on this and other programs, you'll get the chance to fish the Legendary King Fish. No one knows where this fish can be found, but who knows - you may be the one destined to find it ############################## f) Dueling Chefs (foodflighin) ############################## This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Stew! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Flour Milk (S) Utensils: Pot Seasoning: Salt Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Flour Milk (S) Potato Corn Carrot Fish (S) Fish (M) Fish (L) Utensils: Pot Seasoning: Salt Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Stew. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Very interesting, with lots of different flavors. And the winner is.... Chef B's Stew tastes better, with all its different Ingredients. It might be difficult to gather all these Ingredients, though. So Chef A's recipe is also good to know. That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Fried Rice! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Rice Ball Oil Normal Egg Utensils: Frying Pan Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Rice Ball Oil Normal Egg Eggplant Cheese (S) Poisonous Mushroom Fried Rice Utensils: Frying Pan Seasoning: Salt Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Fried Rice. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Very interesting, with lots of different flavors. However, not all of them add to the flavor in a good way, especially Poisonous Mushrooms! And the winner is.... Chef A, since his recipe doesn't include lots of unnecessary Ingredients. That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Fruit Juice! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Strawberry Utensils: Mixer Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Apple Grape Juice Honey Pineapple Milk (L) Utensils: Mixer Seasoning: Sugar Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Glug glug... This is a very traditional, basic Fruit Juice. Next, Chef B's creation. Glug glug... Very good! But, it has Milk in it, so it's really a Fruit Latte. And the winner is.... Chef A! Chef B's creation tasted fabulous, but it was really a Fruit Latte, so it was disqualified! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Mayonnaise! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Normal Egg Oil Utensils: Whisk Seasoning: Vinegar Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Good Egg Oil Utensils: Whisk Seasoning: Vinegar Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Mayonnaise. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... It doesn't taste much different. Whose idea was it to taste test Mayo, anyway? And the winner is.... Chef B's Mayonnaise! The higher quality Egg does make it taste a little better! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Baked Sweet Potato! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Sweet Potato Utensils: Oven Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Sweet Potato Butter Stone Utensils: Oven Seasoning: Sugar Seasoning: Salt Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Baked Potato. No need for a Stone here! Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Mmm! This is really good! The Stone does add some- thing after all! And the winner is.... Chef B! His Baked Sweet Potato is superior! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Grape Juice! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Wild Grapes Honey Utensils: Mixer Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Wild Grapes Utensils: Mixer Seasoning: Sugar Seasoning: Salt Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... It's unusual for Chef A to break away from tradition and add Honey! Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Hmm...The extra seasonings undeniably add something to it! And the winner is.... A tie! Chef A's recipe will recuperate Fatigue more, but Chef B's recipe will recover Stamina more! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Jam Bun! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Bread Apple Jam Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Bread Strawberry Jam Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional Jam Bun. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Strangely for Chef B, this is also a very traditional Jam Bun. And the winner is.... It's a tie! They both are very similar dishes. That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Noodles! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Noodles Curry Powder Utensils: Pot Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Flour Onion Good Egg Bamboo Root Fish (S) Utensils: Rolling Pin Pot Knife Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is very traditional Curry Noodles. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Hmm...There are a lot of different flavors in this one. And the winner is.... Chef A, for basic, good Curry Noodles. However, it is possible to beat this with regular Noodles given the right Ingredients. That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Toast! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Bread Utensils: Oven Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Bread Fish (S) Tomato Rice Cake Oil Utensils: Oven Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is very traditional, basic Toast. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... I hate to say it, but this is a Failure. Too many things that don't mix! And the winner is.... Chef A! For not being afraid to be simple. Let Chef B's Failure be a lesson to those who think more is always better! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Truffle Rice! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Truffle Rice Ball Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Mushroom Rice Ball Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Truffle Rice. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... This is Mushroom Rice, not Truffle Rice! And the winner is.... Chef A, because Chef B made the wrong dish! That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Moon Dumplings! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Muffin Mix Utensils: Seasoning: Sugar Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Muffin Mix Utensils: Seasoning: Sugar Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Moon Dumpling. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... This is also traditional, basic Moon Dumpling. And the winner is.... A tie! They're both the same recipe. There really isn't much room for improvisation with Moon Dumplings, is there? That's it for this week. Tune in next week! This is Dueling Chefs, broadcast every Tuesday. I'm your host, Alyson, in this weekly culinary battle of the giants! This week's challenge is Bodigizer XL! Here we go...! Chef A's recipe is... Ingredients: Bodigizer Blue Grass Utensils: Mixer Chef B's recipe is... Ingredients: Nothing? Utensils: Nothing Let's now have a taste test to determine the winner! First, Chef A's creation. Munch munch... This is a very traditional, basic Bodigizer XL. Next, Chef B's creation. Munch munch... Wait a second! This is bought from the Clinic! It still has the label on it! And the winner is.... Chef A, for making his Bodigizer XL honestly! Shame on Chef B for trying to cheat. That's it for this week. Tune in next week! ############################# g) Aaron Changes (kinkyarron) ############################# Going to School 1 PING, PONGGG As usual, Aaron rang his neighbor's doorbell and shouted to Erin. Aaron "Erin! Good morning." ...A couple of seconds later, the second floor window slid open and Erin stuck her sleepy head out. Erin "Morning Aaron. Hang on. I'll be there in a sec!" This is my neighbor, Erin. She's my girlfriend. Her name's the same as mine ? Erin. It's a little confusing, but that's the way it is. ...Two minutes later Erin "Sorry to keep you waiting Aaron. Well, let's get going." Erin came out in her school uniform Looks like she combed her hair at least. Going to School 2 Erin came out in her school uniform Looks like she combed her hair at least. Aaron "Erin! We're gonna be late if we don't hurry!" It's partly my fault for always cutting it close when I call on her, but it wouldn't be so bad if she got up a little earlier. Erin "Alright. Oh yeah. Hey... Why don't we go shopping after school?" As usual, Erin is full of energy considering she just got up!" Aaron "Sure, but what are you gonna buy?" Erin is walking in front of me facing backwards. Seems kinda dangerous facing backwards while walking. Erin "Ummc Todayc Oops!" She almost tripped because of not looking where she's going. Going to School 3 She almost tripped because she wasn't looking where she was going. Aaron "Be careful!" I grabbed Erin's hand right away and tried to pull her up but didn't have the strength! Instead, I got pulled down by her and we both went tumbling. Erin & Aaron "Ouch!" "Oww!" Thump! Our heads bumped together. Aaron "Oww. Are you okay? What's going on?" Huh? Something weird is going on. Erin "Yeah, I'm fine. But my head totally...Huh? What the...? How can I be staring at myself" No doubt about it... I'm staring at myself. What's going on!? Going to School 4 No doubt about it... I'm staring at myself. What's going on!? Aaron "Uhh, I can see myself. "Myself" meaning "Aaron"! Erin "Umm, I can see myself. "Myself" meaning "Erin"! Erin & Aaron "What?! You mean we've changed bodies?!" When I took another look at myself, I saw Erin, whose always somewhere nearby. Erin is looking at her own body too. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Wha...What're we gonna do Erin?" Anyone'd be freaked out and kind of upset if something like this suddenly happened to them... Going to School 5 Anyone'd be freaked out and kind of upset if something like this suddenly happened to them... Erin (in Aaron's body) "I dunno!" Umm... If we changed bodies when we bumped heads, maybe we should try bumping heads again. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Well..." Just as I was about to suggest bumping heads We heard the school bell ring, BING, BONG, BING, BONG Erin (in Aaron's body) "Oh! That's the warning bell! We'd better get to school first and then think about what to do later." Huh? Aaron (in Erin's body) "Huh?" Wouldn't it be kinda bad to go to school like this? Erin (in Aaron's body) "If we don't hurry to school, we'll be late!" Erin seems to be more concerned about getting to school than the fact that we switched bodies. Going to school 6 Erin seems to be more concerned about getting to school than the fact that we switched bodies. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Well...well, we might be late, but..." But it seems more important to get our bodies back to normal. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Well then, let's get to school. But we'd better keep quiet about this, right? Erin said pointing at herself (appearing to be Aaron). Aaron (in Erin's body) "...Yeah, I don't want anyone to know. But won't we be found out? Do you think we'll be okay?" How could others not figure it out!?... Erin (in Aaron's body) "I think we'll be alright." Are we really gonna be alright? Erin seems to be speaking without thinking. Aaron (in Erin's body) "....................." Are we gonna be OK? I don't even think we should go to school at a time like this... Going to school 7 Erin (in Aaron's body) "Phew! I can't believe we made it to school before the main bell!" How can she have so much energy after running all the way from there (where we bumped heads) to the shoe cupboard? Erin's always so full of energy. Aaron (in Erin's body) (Out of breath) We gotta remember not to mix up our shoes. ...Just as Erin was grabbing her own indoor shoes. Usually that wouldn't be a problem, but since we switched bodies we have to be careful. Erin (in Aaron's body) Oh yeah. Sorry. I forgot that I'm not supposed to grab " mine!" Luckily no one was near the shoe cupboard, so grabbing the wrong shoes was not a big deal. Going to school 8 Erin (in Aaron's body) "Morning!" Erin threw open the classroom door and energetically greeted everyone as usual. (To everyone else it looked like the greeting was coming from Aaron.) Jean "Morning, Erin, Aaron. Together as usual, eh!" Erin's best friend, Jean, wandered toward us. Because she's good friends with Erin, she talks to me a lot too (not just the two of us - Erin too.). Erin (in Aaron's body) "Morning, Jean!" Erin greeted Jean in her usual way, like she'd forgotten that we switched bodies. (She really might have forgotten.) Going to School 9 Erin greeted Jean in her usual way, like she'd forgotten that we switched bodies. (She really might have forgotten.) Aaron (in Erin's body) (Nods his head) I was so nervous about being found out that I couldn't even speak... (So I just nodded to Jean without saying anything.) Jean "Huh? Erin, you seem kinda quiet. What's up?" Oh no! Erin (in Aaron's body) "I feel as good as ever!" No kidding! How can she act normal even though we switched bodies? Jean "Not you, Aaron! I'm talking about Erin!" That's right! I appear to be Erin. Going to school 10 That's right! I appear to be Erin. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Me too. I'm fine!" That's what I said, anyway. We're in such such a fix though, I'd rather skip school. Jean "Really? Whatever." Jean's good friends with Erin, but luckily she isn't one for details. BING, BONG, BING BONG Ah, that's the main bell! First class is starting. Jean "Ah, the bell! See you later." Maybe she wants to see us later, but I'd like to avoid being with Jean as much as possible today. I have no idea where we'll be when she finds out I'm not Erin. 1st Class: Social Studies 1 Jean "Stand up! Straighten up! Bow! Sit down!" The teacher came in as soon as the main bell went, and the class started right away. Jean happened to be on class duty, so she was giving orders. Teacher "Okay, time for attendance!" ...The teacher said, and started taking attendance as usual. Starting with "A", he read everyone's name in order, with students replying as their names were called. Teacher "Erin" Oh, he's calling Erin. Uh oh! Erin (in Aaron's body) "Here." Oh no! I knew it... Erin made a mistake. (She didn't actually make a mistake, but she's appears to be me right now.) She shouldn't have replied. 1st Class: Social Studies 2 Erin made a mistake. (She didn't actually make a mistake, but she's appears to be me right now.) She shouldn't have replied. Teacher "No, not you Aaron! I said Erin! However similar your names may be, the girls names come first, so be careful!" The teacher didn't seem surprised that Erin made a mistake...She often replies when my name is called. (Just so you know, I've never made such a mistake.) Erin (in Aaron's body) "Oops! I made a mistake. Sorry." Maybe I should've replied right away. Sorry, Erin. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Here" I replied right away just in case. 2nd Class: Music Erin (in Aaron's body) "Aaron. Music is next, right? Let's go together." We always move from class to class together, so I guess there's nothing strange about it. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Yep. We've got a recorder test." Huh? Recorder? Wait a minute. Would that be like an indirect kiss? But we've totally switched bodies...Seems kinda strange. Uhh...I'm not sure. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Hey, Aaron. If we don't hurry, we'll be late." While I was having twisted thoughts, Erin was already bolting toward the classroom... Aaron (in Erin's body) "Uh, oh...okay. I'm on my way." I frantically grabbed my textbook and recorder and ran after Erin. 3rd Class: PE 1 Erin (in Aaron's body) "Uh, isn't PE next? Ooh, lucky you! You get to see the girl's changing for free." Erin whispered to me. (Truth is, it won't be a joke if it gets out that we switched bodies.) Aaron (in Erin's body) "........." That's right...Classes 1 & 2 do PE together. The girls get changed in Class 1 (next door) and the boys get changed in Class 2 (here). (We were already on our way from the music room to Class 2.) Aaron (in Erin's body) "What am I gonna do Erin?" However much I may appear to be you, changing with the girls is bad. This is no time to be so amused! 3rd Class: PE 2 "What am I gonna do Erin?" However much I may appear to be you, changing with the girls is bad. This is no time to be so amused. Erin (in Aaron's body) "This is a great chance to observe the girls, isn't it?" Observe girls...? Aaron (in Erin's body) "That's easy for you to "say..." I mean, it's not like I'm completely against seeing them get changed, which is what I was about to say when Jean appeared again. Jean "Erin, what's going on!? However much you love Aaron, you can't get changed together!" I know, but... Erin (in Aaron's body) "I know! Alright, get out you two. Out!" Erin pushed Jean and I in the back and chased us out of the classroom. Aaron (in Erin's body) We left the classroom with Erin pushing at our backs, but I felt totally awkward. 3rd Class: PE 3 Aaron (in Erin's body) (Heart pounding) I ended up going into Class 1's classroomc This is bad. There are girls are getting changed all around me. And Jean's getting changed right next to me...! Jean "What's wrong Erin? Your face is red!" Don't turn this way, Jean. Aaron (in Erin's body) "N...Nothing's wrong." (Of course I'm blushing! I've never seen a girl other than Erin changing!) Jean "Erin, are you really OK?" she said as she came closer. (Ah, don't come any closer while you're so skimpily dressed.) Aaron (in Erin's body) "I'm fine. Don't worry about it." I turned away in a panic, but I could see other girls changing. What am I gonna do! 3rd Class: PE 4 Meanwhile...in the boys' changing room. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Wow! You guys have great bodies... Totally different than that slob Aaron." Gene "What's up? Does my body look that nice, Aaron?" Erin (in Aaron's body) "Uh-huh, looks good. I wish Aaron had muscles like that. Gene "So you like muscular girls eh? Even though you've got a girl like Erin..." Erin (in Aaron's body) "No, no. I mean it would be great if I had muscles like that." Gene "Well, you do hate exercise, that's for sure. 3rd Class: PE 5 Aaron (in Erin's body) (Huffing and puffing) How far have we run so far? I can't even see the turning point yet, so we haven't even run 2 kilometers. It's basketball for the boys and running for the girls for today's PE lesson. I don't like sports, so I'm no good at either. But running's the worst of all... Aaron (in Erin's body) (Sound of falling) Ah, my legs got tangled and I've fallen. Jean "Woah! Erin, are you okay?" Jean, who had already hit the turning point, noticed I had fallen and came running over in a panic... Aaron (in Erin's body) "I...I can't go on." It may only be half of the boys' course, but it's still 5 kilometers! I can't do it... 3rd Class: PE 6 Meanwhile...in the boy's class. TWEEET Erin (in Aaron's body) "Yeah! That's a three point shot!" Gene "Aaron, you seem more like Erin today. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Huh!? Wh...Why?" Gene "Why? Because you're usually no good at sports." Erin (in Aaron's body) "What! W...well Erin's been training me lately." Gene "Really? Maybe the day's coming when you'll have muscles." Erin (in Aaron's body) "M...maybe" 3rd Class: PE 7 Jean "Well, your face was red when we were changing. Have you got a fever? Don't over do it! The usual Erin could easily run this distance..." Huh! I went red in the face for a completely different reason... Aaron (in Erin's body) "......" Just as I was thinking how out of shape I am, Erin came sprinting toward me from around the corner. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Aaron, are you "okay?" Erin helped support me instead of Jean. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Huh? Erin. What are you doing here?" The boys have basketball, so I figured she'd be in the gym. What made her come here? 3rd Class: PE 8 The boys have basketball, so I figured she'd be in the gym. What made her come here? Erin (in Aaron's body) "Look over there." Erin pointed to the gym. Oh yeah. I was running in the streets around the school. I guess Erin was watching us run from the gym. Aaron (in Erin's body) "I see. I'm okay now Thanks." I tried to stand up but was shaky, so I ended up leaning on Erin. I really am terrible at sports. Erin (in Aaron's body) "You're hopeless! ...Up we get." she said and helped me (in Erin's body!) to the nurses office. Jean "Wow, Aaron. What a man! You guys really are in love!" It'd be really cool cool if it was actually me helping Erin. 4th Class: Math 1 BING, BONG, BING, BONG Sounds like the 4th class is starting. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Oh, the class is about to start. I have to get back to the classroom." I should try and get up. Incidentally, when Erin brought me to the nurse's office, the nurse wasn't here, but the door wasn't locked, so I came in to rest anyway. (I have no idea why the door wasn't locked.) Erin stayed with me the whole time. Erin (in Aaron's body) "You must still be tired. Since you're already here, why don't you rest till lunch time?" Yeah, I'm still tired No doubt about it. I'd like to keep resting, but... 4th Class: Math 2 Yeah, I'm still tired No doubt about it. I'd like to keep resting, but... Aaron (in Erin's body) "But..." I think math is next. The teacher always picks me to answer. If Erin goes to the class looking like me, she'll be picked instead. But if she gets picked, she probably won't be able to answer. (To be honest, Erin hates studying.) Erin (in Aaron's body) "See you. Take it easy." Erin didn't seem at all bothered about the fact (maybe she wasn't aware). She opened the door and waved goodbye as she left the nurse's office. Aaron (in Erin's body) "OK. Thanks." She left. I wonder if she'll be okay? Knowing Erin, she'll manage somehow. 4th Class: Math 3 Meanwhile, in Erin's math class... (Sound of door opening) Erin (in Aaron's body) "Sorry I'm late." Teacher "Ah! Just in time. Please answer the question written on the board. Erin (in Aaron's body) "...Sorry, I have no idea." Teacher "Not only are you late for class, you can't even solve the problem. You've been hanging around Erin too much." Jean "That's not very nice! Aaron just finished looking after Erin because she fell down during PE. She's still asleep in the nurse's office so his mind is on her rather than the lesson. Teacher "Sorry." 4th Class: Math 4 Aaron (in Erin's body) "Man, I'm bored." I'm not really that tired anymore, and I feel kind of awkward just lying here in the nurse's office. Wonder what time it is? The clock on the wall says 12:15. Five minutes till the 4th class finishes. What to do? Guess I'll go back to class in a minute. Aaron (in Erin's body) "cYeah, I think I'll go back." If I go back now though, the 4th class will pretty much be finished, so it'll be lunch time. I'll have lunch with Erin. But if I eat a big lunch just after getting back from the nurse's office, it might look a little suspicious, so maybe I'd better keep a low profile for a while. 4th Class: Math 5 If I go back now though, the 4th class will pretty much be finished, so it'll be lunch time. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Nurse, I'm fine. I'd like to be excused." I called to the nurse and opened the door and left. (By the way, the nurse came back a little while after Erin left. When we came to the nurse's office, the nurse had gone to the toilet and forgot to lock the door. Aaron (in Erin's body) "I wonder if Erin's okay? I wonder if the math teacher asked her any questions?" Actually, he always asks me questions, so it'd be odd if he didn't choose her. I hope she didn't say anything bizarre. Aaron (in Erin's body) "I might as well go back to the classroom right away." I walked briskly to the classroom (there's no running in the hall). It's not far from the nurse's office to the classroom, so I'll get there pretty fast. 4th Class: Math 6 (Sound of door opening) I gently opened the door at the back of the classroom and went in. Teacher "Erin, you're back. Is everything okay?" he asked me as soon as I entered the room while tidying up his notes and chalk. Looks like he's just wrapping up the lesson. He seems to have finished teaching for the day. BING, BONG, BING, BONG Ah, there's the bell! Not that it really matters. Doesn't look like they were doing anything much anyway. Teacher "Class's over." The teacher rushed out of the classroom before I could reply. Wonder if he was expecting me to say something? Lunch Time 1 Erin (in Aaron's body) "Aaron, Jean. Let's eat lunch together." As soon as the teacher left the room, Erin invited us for lunch as usual. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Yeah, sure. Let's go Jean." Of course I intended on eating lunch with them, so I pulled my lunchbox out of my bag (Erin's bag of course), and called to Jean who was sitting behind me. I followed Erin, who started walking ahead without waiting for us. Jean "Hey, wait! Erin. Aaron." Jean hastily grabbed her lunchbox and caught up to us. Hmm, wonder where we're going? I should ask Erin. Lunch Time 2 Erin (in Aaron's body) "We're here. Let's eat! We arrived at the courtyard. Erin sat down on the grass nearby and opened her lunch box. The weather is nice and warm, so the grass is also warm. Jean "Yeah, let's eat." Jean and I sat down and took our lunches out. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Ooh..." The inside of the lunch box was completely red. Erin loves spicy food. I can't handle it though, so I don't know if I can eat it. Jean "What's up? Aren't you going to eat Erin?" Jean knows Erin loves spicy food... If I don't eat it, she'll think something's up! Lunch Time 3 Jean knows Erin loves spicy food... If I don't eat it, she'll think something's up! Aaron (in Erin's body) "Yeah, I'm gonna eat. (biting sound) Ugh." Damn! That's hot! This is a little hot for me. There's no way I can eat all this! Jean thinks I'm (Erin that is) not feeling well, so maybe she won't be surprised if I don't eat much. Jean "Erin, don't force yourself to eat if you're not feeling well." Ah. I was right. Jean thinks I'm not eating anything because I'm not well. Good! Aaron (in Erin's body) "You're right. I think I'll leave it." I hope Jean's not too worried. Sorry, Jean. Guess I'll just take the rest of my lunch (Erin's lunch) home. Lunch Time 4 Guess I'll just take the rest of my lunch (actually Erin's) home. Erin (in Aaron's body) "That was tasty. Huh? If you're not going to eat yours Aaron, I'll have it." (Takes a big bite) Erin quickly finished eating her lunch (which was actually mine) and then grabbed the red glob of food (which I'd hardly touched) in my lunchbox (actually Erin's) and munched on it. Jean "Heh? I thought you hated spicy food. Anyway, it's kinda cute seeing you guys sharing your lunchbox." Is it? I'd prefer it if she didn't make such a big deal. Erin (in Aaron's body) "Thanks for the food." Before I knew it, she'd polished off my lunch (actually her lunch). Boy, can she eat. 5th Class: Japanese Literature 1 Teacher "Today, I'd like you to read a book in the library and write your impressions. Alright, let's go to the library everybody." Reading? I wonder if Erin'll be OK? She's the kind of person who falls asleep at the sight of a thick book. Erin (in Aaron's body) "(Yawn). Erin, shall we go to the library? Jean?" Erin seems kind of sleepy, and we haven't even gone to the library yet! She just finished eating so I guess that's natural. She looks totally content after eating both our lunches. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Yeah. Let's get going." If we don't go right away, Erin looks like she'll fall asleep before we leave for the library. It won't make any difference whether she sleeps here or there though I guess... 5th Class: Japanese Literature 2 Erin (in Aaron's body) "Zzz, zzz" Sure enough, she's asleep... Is it normal to fall asleep the second you you sit down in a library? Uh-oh! If the teacher sees her, he'll think it's me sleeping! He doesn't seem to have noticed yet, but if I don't wake her up, she'll be found out for sure. Jean "What's up? Looks like Aaron's asleep. That's pretty unusual. If it was Erin, no one would be surprised ? she's always dozing off. Carrying her to the nurse's office and looking after her during PE must have really taken it out of him. I guess he's not used to that kind of thing." Hmm. I hardly ever (actually never) sleep during class, so Jean thinks it's okay. Maybe I'll let Erin sleep for a while. 5th Class: Japanese Literature 3 Maybe I'll let Erin sleep for a while. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Yeah, guess not. Why don't we leave him alone for a while?" She certainly did something she's not used to doing. And I'm a big part of the reason behind it, so I guess I should let her sleep for a while. Jean "OK. We have to make sure the teacher doesn't find him." Alright. For starters... Aaron (in Erin's body) "Leave it to me." I moved to the seat in front of Erin (in my body) to make it harder to see her. Wonder if that'll do it? I'll wake her up in a while anyway, so it should be okay. After School 1 Bing, Bong, Bing, Bong Oh. The 5th class's over! Luckily, the teacher didn't find her sleeping. She ended up sleeping through the whole class. I was thinking of waking her part way through, but she looked so content, I didn't have the heart to wake her up. In the end, those who couldn't finish the book report during class have to do it for homework by tomorrow. There's no way the average person can read an entire book and write a report in an hour. So most people have to write their impressions (and read the book) for homework... Including me. Anyway, that's beside the point. I have to wake her up. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Erin, class is over. Wake up." That's the end of classes for the day. Let's go home right away and find a way to get our bodies back to normal. After School 2 That's the end of classes for the day. Let's go home right away and find a way to get our bodies back to normal. Erin (in Aaron's body) "(Yawning) Morning, Aaron. Are classes finished for the day? Let's go go shopping now." Erin pulled my arm to go as soon as she woke up. She sure is rearing to go even though she just woke woke up! That's nothing new. I agree. let's go home...Huh? What'd you say Erin? Aaron (in Erin's body) "Hold on a second. Shopping? What're you talking about?" Did I hear her wrong? She said she wanted to go shopping right? Erin (in Aaron's body) "Huh? Have you forgotten already? You promised to go this morning." Yeah, I do remember But it hardly seems like the right time to go shopping. After School 3 Jean "Are you two going shopping? Well, I'll leave you two lovebirds alone. Wouldn't wanna be in the way! Byye." She said and suddenly left. ...Oh well, our problem has nothing to do with Jean, so it's fine if she goes home. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Your right. I did promise. But we need to do something about our bodies first." But Erin kept tugging at my arm while facing toward me. Seems kinda dangerous facing backwards while walking... Erin (in Aaron's body) "That can wait till later. Today...Oops!" She almost tripped because of looking at me instead of looking in front of herself. After School 4 She almost tripped because of looking at me instead of looking in front of herself. Aaron (in Erin's body) "Be careful!" I said as she kept holding onto my arm (Erin was about to fall, so she had no intention of letting go of my arm in the first place), sending us tumbling down together. Erin & Aaron "Oww! Ouch!'' Thump! Our heads bumped together. Aaron "Owww. You OK? What happened?" Huh? Something weird is going on. Erin "Yeah, I'm fine. But my head totally...Huh? What the...? Is that you in front of me Aaron?" Yep. Erin's here in front of me. What the heck's going on? After School 5 Yep. Erin's here in front of me. What the heck's going on? Aaron "Oh, Erin. You're here in front of me." She's always somewhere nearby. But today was different...I had been staring down at her body all day. Erin "Aaron, you're here in front of me." Erin had been been staring down at my body, just like me. Aaron & Erin "No way! You mean we've returned to normal?" When I looked at myself, I was the same I had always been until this morning. It I had my own body back. Erin was also looking at herself. Erin "Since we're back to normal let's go shopping now, Aaron!" Why not? Our bodies are back to normal, so there's no reason to say no. Aaron "Yeah. Let's go Erin." Finished ######################################## h) Star Lilly, Bandit Girl (stargirllil) ######################################## Episode 1 Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally Please do. Episode 2 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right, then... (rustle) Let me see... "Tonight at 7, I will take the roll that is in your desk, left over from your school lunch. Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Oh my! This is a warning! Sally It looks that way. What am I going to do? Miss Annie Hmm, well... Seeing as how we've been warned, why don't we see if we can't stop her? Sally You know, my grandma said that she fought bandits a long time ago... Maybe this is where I get my start as a detective, then. Miss Annie Eh? You don't mean that your grandmother is the famous detective Andrea Vernet? Sally Yep, that's her. Have you heard of her, Ma'am? Episode 3 Previously: The letter Sally got was a warning from Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Miss Annie Well, of course. Her battles with Sandra, Bandit Girl, were adapted for TV. I've got the complete DVD set. Sally Well, if you like her that much, I'll see if I can get you her autograph. Miss Annie Oh, would you? I'd just love to have your grandmother's autograph! Sally OK, sure. Now, do you really think I can take on Star Lily, Bandit Girl? Miss Annie Sure you can, and I'll help you. First, let's go over to your desk. She'll have a hard time stealing from it with both of us standing watch. Sally I see what you mean. All right, from now on, I am Sally, Girl Detective... Miss Annie Right! Episode 4 Previously: Sally is now known as "Sally, Girl Detective." Sally, Girl Detective It's already past 7, you know... Miss Annie Hmm, I wonder what's going on. Nothing's happened yet. Let's have a look inside your desk, Sally. Sally, Girl Detective OK. (rustle rustle) Oh no! It's gone! The roll is gone! Miss Annie What? Sally, Girl Detective I found this, left in its place. Miss Annie A letter? Let's have a look. "Received, one leftover piece of school lunch roll. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." But how? When? We were watching your desk the whole time. How did she manage to steal the roll from inside your desk, without us spotting her? Sally, Girl Detective Well, I guess this means that Star Lily, Bandit Girl, got us good this time around. Episode 5 Previously: Star Lily, Bandit Girl made off with my roll. Next Day... Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 6 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right then... (rustle rustle) Let me see... "I should apologize to you, for I took the leftover school lunch roll from your desk at 7 o'clock on the day that I delivered the first letter. I will be sure to write the exact date and time on future letters. Signed,Star Lily, Bandit Girl." ................ Come to think of it, we forgot to check inside your desk before we started watching it. We'll have to be more careful next time. Sally, Girl Detective That assumes there's going to be a next time, though. Episode 7 Previously: The letter that Sally received was an apology from Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 8 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right then... (rustle rustle) Let me see... "On the X Day of Y Month, I will take the leftover school lunch roll in your desk at 7PM. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Oh no! Not another one...! Sally, Girl Detective Yes, it is, Ma'am... And today is X Day of Y Month, which means... Miss Annie It was probably actually stolen yesterday. Shall we go have a look in your desk? First period is about to start, so we'll be going to class anyway. Sally, Girl Detective Yeah, you're right. Episode 9 Previously: The letter that Sally got was another warning from Star Lily, Bandit Girl. c Sally, Girl Detective OK, I'll go have a look inside my desk... (rustle rustle) Oh no! My roll is gone again. And here's what was in its place. Miss Annie A letter? Let's see... "Received: leftover school lunch roll. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as we figured... Sally, Girl Detective Well, this time I don't feel as though Star Lily, Bandit Girl completely got the best of us. Episode 10 Previously: My roll was stolen by Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Next day... Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 11 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right, then... (rustle rustle) Let me see... "I must apologize once more. I wrote the day after I sent that letter by mistake. It seems to have taken quite a bit of time for the letter to be delivered. Next time, I will leave plenty of time in the scheduling of my plans. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." ............. Well, fine. Maybe she'll get it right next time. Sally, Girl Detective That assumes there's going to be a next time, though. Episode 12 Previously: The letter that Sally received was an apology from Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 13 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right then... (rustle rustle) Let me see... "On the W Day of Z Month, I will take the leftover school lunch roll in your desk at 7 o'clock. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Well, W Day of Z Month is tomorrow, right? Sally, Girl Detective Yes, it is, Ma'am! So the next day... Miss Annie It's now 6PM. One hour to go. Let's just go check on your desk, Sally. Sally, Girl Detective OK, I'll go have a look. (rustle rustle) Huh? Oh no, it's gone, my roll is gone! Episode 14 Previously: My roll was stolen by Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Miss Annie What? But it isn't 7PM yet. Sally, Girl Detective I found this in its place. Miss Annie A letter? I imagine it's yet another of her receipts... "Received: leftover school lunch roll. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Just as I thought... Sally, Girl Detective What does this mean? It's not even 7 o'clock yet. Miss Annie You know, I don't get it either. Sally, Girl Detective Sigh. You know, I think Star Lily, Bandit Girl, tricked us this time! Episode 15 Previously: There was a letter in Sally's desk. Next day... Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 16 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right, then... (rustle rustle) let me see... "I must apologize yet again. I took the school lunch roll from your desk at 7AM. Next time, I will be sure to mark whether I will come in the AM or PM. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Well, that explains that... Maybe next time for sure, she'll really get it right. Sally, Girl Detective That assumes there's going to be a next time, though. Episode 17 Previously: The letter that Sally received was an apology from Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Rumble Rumble Rumble Sally, Girl Detective Ma'am, we have a problem. Miss Annie Sally, you know you're not supposed to run in the halls. Sally, Girl Detective I... I'm sorry. Miss Annie Now, what's happened, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective Well, we got this in the mail this morning. Miss Annie An envelope? May I read the letter inside? Sally, Girl Detective Please do. Episode 18 Previously: A letter was delivered to Sally's house. Miss Annie All right, then... (rustle rustle) Let me see... "On V Day of U Month, at 7PM, I will take the leftover school lunch roll in your desk. Signed, Star Lily, Bandit Girl." Well, V Day of U Month is tomorrow. Sally, Girl Detective That's right. Tomorrow, we'll finally have it out. And so the next day... Miss Annie It is now 7PM. Star Lily, Bandit Girl Ha ha ha ha ha! I hope you have not waited long, Sally and Miss Annie! Episode 19 Previously: At last, Star Lily, Bandit Girl, has shown herself! Sally, Girl Detective At last you show yourself, Star Lily, Bandit Girl! Miss Annie Though that should be, "Kimberly," properly speaking. Sally, Girl Detective Huh? You don't mean the same Kimberly who's in class with me, do you? Star Lily, Bandit Girl No! How could you know who I really am? Sally, Girl Detective Is it really Kimberly, Miss Annie? How did you figure out that Star Lily, Bandit Girl, was really Kimberly? Episode 20 Previously: Star Lily, Bandit Girl, is actually Kimberly? Miss Annie I knew it as soon as I heard voice! And that mask can't hide that hair. No one else in school is both so short and dyes her hair orange. It had to be you, Kimberly. Kimberly Ha ha ha ha ha! Well done, Miss Annie. I congratulate you on seeing through my disguise. I am still going to take that leftover school lunch roll, however. Sally, Girl Detective You may find that easier said than done. There's a trap for Star Lily, Bandit Girl, in this desk. Miss Annie When did you have a chance to do that? Episode 21 Previously Sally, Girl Detective, has set a trap for Star Lily, Bandit Girl. Kimberly Ha ha ha ha ha! Were you referring to this, by any chance? Miss Annie A bag with school lunch roll in it...? Sally, Girl Detective No way... When did you...? Kimberly I found it on the chair when I came to check the scene for this evening's theft, and so gladly took it. Sally, Girl Detective I was so certain that if I left another one out, you wouldn't know which one was mine... Miss Annie I don't think it would matter, though, because either one would be "leftover school lunch roll..." Wait, why do you keep stealing leftover school lunch roll, and only Sally's, at that...? Episode 22 Previously: Why is Star Lily, Bandit Girl, stealing only Sally's roll? Kimberly Ha ha ha ha ha! You mean, not even you understand, Miss Annie? All right, I'll tell you why, since you figured out who I really am. Come here, Doughboy. Doughboy Whine, whine! Sally, Girl Detective Oh, it's a puppy! How cute! Miss Annie I guess, though I'm not really very fond of dogs... So what's the dog got to do with it? Kimberly You see, I found him abandoned by the school gates on B Day of D Month. And I didn't have anything to feed him that day, so I thought of who might have something, and I remembered that Sally always leaves her school lunch roll in her desk, and... Episode 23 Previously Doughboy is such a cute little puppy. Kimberly Lots of kids save their school lunch rolls. Only Sally leaves hers at school, however. So... Sally, Girl Detective I get it now... So Star Lily, Bandit Girl, was born on that day... Miss Annie But why go to all the trouble of stealing it? We'd have helped you, if you'd only asked. Kimberly Well, you know... there was just something so cool about playing the phantom thief... But that's over now. I can't very well go on being Star Lily, Bandit Girl, now that you know who I really am and all that... Episode 24 Previously: Today marks the end of Star Lily, Bandit Girl's wave of crime. Sally, Girl Detective A-ha! Then this will be the first and last showdown between Star Lily, Bandit Girl, and Sally, Girl Detective, am I right? Miss Annie In that case, I'm most likely going to get in the way. Sally, Girl Detective Oh no, please, stay and watch us! Kimberly Yes, I want you to see this too! Miss Annie All right. Give it all you've got, both of you. Kimberly Thank you. Now, shall we begin, Sally? Sally, Girl Detective You bet! Episode 25 Previously: Sally, Girl Detective, and Star Lily, Bandit Girl have had their Showdown. Miss Annie So I spoke with the principal, and he agrees that we can keep Doughboy in class with us. It's all been settled. Kimberly All right! Sally, Girl Detective That's good! Kimberly Yeah. Thanks. Classmates Never mind that! What we want to know is, how did the showdown between Sally, Girl Detective, and Star Lily, Bandit Girl, turn out? Who won? Sally, Girl Detective Well, you see... Kimberly It's a secret. Sally, Girl Detective Uh-huh. ############################ i) Mechabot Ultror (mechult) ############################ Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode One: Back To School Time Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 1: Back To School Four classmates, named Red, Blue, Yellow and Green, are in the middle of homeroom class at school. (Of course, they're there with the rest of their class.) It's the day before their fall trip. The whole class is going to go hiking in the mountains. The teacher in charge of the trip has given everyone a handout listing all the stuff they'll need to take with them. The teacher is just about to give the class some important instructions for the trip. "Listen up, everyone! Here's what you need to know about our trip tomorrow". to be continued... Trailer: The teacher hasn't said what they'll do if it rains tomorrow. So, will they still go ahead if it's wet? Next episode Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines Bright Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 2: Tomorrow Shines Bright "OK, This is what you have to do tomorrow. At 8 a.m., everyone assembles in front of the school. Whatever you do, just don't be late. The stuff you need to bring is all written down on the handout I gave you, so make sure you read it, and don't forget anything. And another thing, the snack budget per person is 300 yen, so don't go over that limit on any account, OK? Before we set off, I'll come round and check everyone's pack individually, and anyone who went over budget will have their snack confiscated on the spot!" To be continued... Trailer: The snack budget for the trip is 300 yen a head. However, the burning question is: does that include fruit? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 3: Showdown Time Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 3: Showdown Time "And another thing, the snack budget per person is 300 yen, so don't go over that limit on any account, OK? By the way, if you bring fruit for dessert as part of your packed lunch, it isn't counted in your budget. But if you bring fruit for dessert, you have to eat it it with your lunch. If you eat it at any other time, it counts as part of your snack budget. Of course, in that case, you'll go over budget and your snack will be confiscated. OK, those are all the instructions I have for you. Homeroom class is now dismissed!" To be continued... Trailer: On the way home, our four friends come up with some interesting ideas for making their snack budget go further. Find out what cunning plans they devise. Next time: Episode 4: Stretching A Point Don't miss it IMechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 4: Stretching A Point On the way home, Yellow turns to her three friends (Red, Blue and Green) and said "Hey, you guys!" "What?" they chorus. "About that snack budget for the trip. Think you can stay under 300 yen?" "Well, now that you mention it, I had an idea about that..." "Actually, so did I...." "Me too!" "Yeah? So what's everyone's idea?" To be continued... Trailer: Find out how the four pals plan to secure significant snackage and yet stay within the stingy budget of 300 yen. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 5: Secret Plans Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 5: Secret Plans "Huh? Everyone's thought of a way to get over?" "Well, I thought I'd..." "Stop right there!" Just as Red is about to reveal his idea, Yellow stops him short. "If we've all thought of an idea, how about we keep our ideas secret until the trip tomorrow?" "Well, yeah, I've kind of thought up a plan." "Yeah, I'm OK with keeping it secret for now." Me too!" "OK, that's what we'll do!" To be continued... Trailer: The morning of the trip. It's nearly time to assemble by the school gate, but Red is nowhere to be seen. Will he make it in time? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 6: The Fateful Morning Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 6: The Fateful Morning 7 a.m. on the day of the trip. RRRRRRRRRINNGGG............. Snore, sigh................. zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz............ Red sleeps on, blissfully undisturbed by the ringing of his alarm clock. Now the clock shows 7.30. RRRRRINGGG...silence. The bell stops ringing. Red, who has failed to wake up although the clock has been ringing all this time, slumbers on, and on.... zzzzzzzzzzzzzzz............. To be continued... Trailer: 7.30 a.m. Yellow arrives at the school gate, and has her pack inspected. Has she stayed within the snack budget of 300 yen? Next time Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 7: Secret Plans Activated! Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 7: Secret Plans Activated! It's 7.30 a.m. Yellow arrives at the school gate, and greets the teacher. Good morning, Ma'am! Good morning Yellow! You're good and early! Did you stick to the 300 yen snack budget? Let's take a look at your pack. Dear me, It's bulging out all over! You've surely got to be over budget here!" "Hngh..How about these?" Asks a smirking Yellow, suppressing a snigger. To be continued... Trailer: Yellow reaches into her snack pack and pulls out ... Well, the contents of Yellow's snack pack will be revealed next time. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 8: The Truth is Revealed Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 8: The Truth is Revealed When the smirking Yellow opens her snack pack, a huge pile of cookies is revealed. "I made them myself", she explains. "So they only cost me the price of the ingredients. And I got my Mom to buy them for me at the supermarket where she works, and she gets a 30% staff discount there, so I could make 30% more cookies for the same price." "Well, it never occurred to me that anyone would go to all that trouble.." replies teacher, flabbergasted. "I might have known that if anyone were to get round the rules, it would be you, Yellow.... Oh, look, here comes Blue. Good morning!" to be continued... Trailer: Blue has also brought a bulging snack pack. Just how has he managed to work the system? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2 is Activated Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 9: Secret Plan No.2 is Activated "Good morning, Ma'am! Hi, Yellow!" "Good morning, Blue. I see your snack pack is also bulging suspiciously! Are you sure you haven't gone over the 300 yen budget?" No, Ma'am." Blue opens his snack pack to reveal the contents... "Everything in here is a a free sample, so I haven't gone over budget. In fact I didn't pay a single yen" "Well! You've got round the rules this time. Fancy doing that..." Sighs the stunned teacher. To be continued. Trailer: Meanwhile, Red is still in Dreamland. Will he manage to make it to the school gate on time after all? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 10: A Rude Awakening Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 10: A Rude Awakening 7.42 a.m. at Red's house. "Mmmmm....nngg...Yaaawn" Red finally wakes up. "Hmmmn, I get the feeling I've slept longer than usual today", he mumbles. Then, glancing at the clock: Huh? Is it that time already? I'll be late! Oh, No!" Even running at top speed, it takes 15 minutes to get from Red's house to the school gate, so unless he gets changed right now and sets off immediately, he'll definitely be late. And of course, breakfast is totally out of the question. To be continued... Trailer: It's 7.45 a.m. Green shows up at the school gate. His showdown with the teacher is just about to begin. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3 is Activated Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 11: Secret Plan No.3 is Activated It's 7.45 a.m, in front of of the school gate. Green shows up. "Mornin', all!" "Good morning, Green! Well, there's no time to waste. Let's take a look..." So saying, the teacher makes to inspect Green's snack pack. "Well, surprise surprise. Your snack pack is full to bursting too. What trick have you pulled, I wonder?" "Actually it's full of wild berries and mushrooms and stuff I picked yesterday in the mountains." "Oh, is that so?" What with all these surprises, the teacher is starting to look worn out before the trip has even begun. To be continued... Trailer: Red dashes towards the assembly point. However, Lady Luck does not seem to be smiling on him today. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 12: Like A Bat Out Of Hell Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 12: Like A Bat Out Of Hell Red's house. It takes him 3 minutes to get dressed and get out of the house, which means he leaves home at 7.45 a.m.. At this rate, he should just make it on time (although he won't have time to stop, except at traffic lights. As if to spite him, the traffic lights at the road he has to cross are now flashing. "Darn, it's no good crossing at street level", he thinks, and heads for the footbridge. This means he loses 15 seconds. If he carries on crossing roads this way, he's bound to be late! To be continued... Trailer: 8 a.m.. It's crunch time! But there's still no sign of Red at the school gate. It doesn't look as if he's going to make it... Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 13: Cutting It Fine Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 13: Cutting It Fine 8 a.m., in front of the school gate. "Red's late. I wonder what the problem is?", says Yellow to Blue and Green, but at that very moment, Red runs up to the gate, sweating profusely, and yells, "Sorry about that, everyone!" "What happened?" "You're real late!" "I guess you woke up at 7.43 and you were going to be late so you rushed out of the house without any breakfast, and you would have just made it, but the lights were against you so, you had to go over the footbridge and that's why you're 15 seconds late..." "How did you guess?" To be continued... Trailer: The next showdown with the teacher is the best yet. Find out what strategy Red employs to maximize his snacking. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 14: The Final Showdown Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 14: The Final Showdown 8 a.m, and the teacher walks up to Red, who has just arrived slightly late at the school gate. "Red. You're late." "Sorry, Ma'am. Actually..." "Don't bother to explain. Let's get your snack pack inspected. Let's hope you're not another of these jokers who brought way too much. No, that seems to be OK. Well, everything else seems to be in order, and we're all present and correct. OK, let's get going." "Yes, Ma'am", choruses the class. To be continued... Trailer: Red has kept within the snack budget of 300 yen. So what happened to the secret plan he talked about yesterday? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4 is Activated Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 15: Secret Plan No.4 is Activated "Hey, Red!", says Yellow, as soon as they're on their way. "What?" What did you do about the snack thing? Didn't you say yesterday you had an idea?" "Oh, that?" "Tell me too!" "And me!" pipe up Green and Blue. "You want to know about that. Well, OK, I'll tell you. Actually...." To be continued... Trailer: Red's secret plan is revealed in full -- and what happens when the teacher hears about it... Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 16: Foiled! Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 16: Foiled! "Actually...", says Red, and takes his purse out of his pocket. "You see this purse?" What about it?" I'm going to go into a store and use it to buy more snacks!" "Ahh!" chorus the other 3. "Oh no, you're not!" comes the teacher's voice from behind them. "Why not, Ma'am? When you gave us instructions yesterday, you didn't say anything about not bringing money with us." To be continued... Trailer: The careless conspirators have has been overheard by the teacher! Will Red's secret plan have to be aborted?" Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 17: Blue Skies, No Candy Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 17: Blue Skies, No Candy When Red asks the teacher Why not?", she replies: "I'm not saying it's wrong. There's nothing wrong with idea itself. But out in the mountains, you won't find a single shop selling anything like sweets or cakes, and they don't have any convenience stores out there. So I'm not saying you mustn't buy snacks when we get there, I'm saying you won't be able to." "Wow, I never thought..." "Ma'am, is that true?" To be continued... Trailer: Now that he can't buy any extra snacks, Red will have to stave off starvation with what he bought for under 300 yen. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 18: Despair Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 18: Despair "Ma'am, is that true?" "Unfortunately, it is.... Although, considering the ingenious ruses the other children thought up to bring more than their fair share of snacks, I don't think your idea was so bad in itself..." (Red makes no reply.) "But you'd better accept that you've been unlucky this time, and just make do with the 300 yen worth of snacks in your pack." "Darn!", mutters Red. "Not a single store from here on. Why didn't I think of that?" To be continued Trailer: Will Yellow and the others share their snacks with Red and save him from complete starvation? Next Time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 19: What Friends Are For Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 19: What Friends Are For "Don't worry, Red. We'll share our snacks with you. There's plenty to go round, after all", says Yellow. That's not what's bothering me", replies Red. "I just really hate it when the teacher gets the better of me." "All she did was tell you there wouldn't be a single store on the way. She didn't get the better of you, Red. "No, I think you were wrong to think of it as a showdown with the teacher in the first place", Green consoles him. To be continued... Trailer: Following his defeat at the hands of the teacher, Red's 3 friends eventually persuade him to let it go, and move on. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 20: A New Journey Begins. Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 20: A New Journey Begins "No, I think you were wrong to think of it as a showdown with the teacher" in the first place," Green consoles him. "Yeah, I guess that's true", adds Yellow. But Red doesn't seem to be listening. "It doesn't matter whether it was bad luck or bad planning. There won't be any stores, so I won't be able to buy extra snacks. So my plan failed. And you're telling me this wasn't a showdown?" "Sure! The plan was to get hold of plenty of chow, was all! To be continued... Trailer: Red gets over his annoyance and reverts to his cheerful self. As he devours the snacks his friends give him, little does he know about the fearsome enemy he will soon face. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 21: Where Fate Awaits Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 21: Where Fate Awaits "I guess you're right... I got too hung up on my secret plan. So now that we cleared that up, how about some chow? "Sure! Hmm, how about these. Here you go!", says Yellow. "Thanks!" (chomp...) "Hey, these are good.." "Of course they're good! I made them!" "Yeah, of course." At that moment, the teacher speaks up: "OK, everyone, this is where we get off!" To be continued... Trailer: The gang has finally arrived at the mountain where they'll be hiking. Little do they know about the ordeal that lies in store for them. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 22: An Army Marches on its Stomach Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 22: An Army Marches on its Stomach "OK, everyone", calls the teacher. "This is where we get off!" "This is where we get down to business!" "I guess we do." "It's what we've been waiting for." "Absolutely!" "Today we're going to climb all the way to the top of this mountain. So let's be on our way!", says the teacher, leading the way. "Is everybody ready?" "Uh-HUH!" Yes, Ma'am!" Yeah!" To be continued... Trailer: Everyone follows the teacher towards the mountain top. However, before they get there, Red gets worn out. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 23: Hungry Hero Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 23: Hungry Hero "Gee, I'm totally exhausted!" sighs Red. "It's tough going, for sure. Hey Red, could you use one of these?", says Blue, taking a snack from his pack and offering it to his friend. "Thanks!" (munch, munch) "Aaagh! It's hot! Much too hot! What is it, anyway?" "It's a super-hot chilli bun. They boost your energy. Can't you feel it working?" "Huh? If anything, it's making me feel even more exhausted, and my mouth feels like it's coated with chilli pepper. Have you got anything else?" To be continued... Trailer: Does the super-hot chilli bun have any effect on Red's flagging energy level? At any rate, his next snack certainly gets him going. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 24: Energy Rush Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 24: Energy Rush "OK, try this", says Green, taking a snack from his pack and passing it to Red. "Thanks!" (chew, chew) "Mmm! Hey! It's like my strength is flooding back! What IS this?" "I don't know what it's called, but it's a kind of mushroom that gives you a real energy hit. The only drawback is, it has a side- effect. It makes you kind of crazy and out of control." "Wow, I'm definitely starting to feel kind of wild... To be continued... Trailer: Eating the mystery mushrooms makes Red go berserk. Can anything be done to stop him? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 25: Running Wild Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 25: Running Wild "Yah! Take that!" After eating the mystery mushrooms, Red runs wild, kicking and punching rocks and trees at random. "He's been like this for 10 minutes now. Is he going to do himself some damage?" "I'm sure he'll be OK. I tried one of those mushrooms myself yesterday when no-one was around, and I went crazy for about 10 minutes, and then I went completely back to normal." Crrackk! "Oh man, he's snapped that tree-trunk over there! Is he REALLY going to be OK?" "Yeah, he'll be just fine.. probably." To be continued... Trailer: Finally, Red's crazy spell seems to have ended, and he comes to a standstill. But when the other three get near him, events suddenly take a dramatic turn. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 26: Let Sleeping Gods Lie Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 26: Let Sleeping Gods Lie "Yeah, he'll be just fine... probably." As Green is speaking, Red falls still. "Hey, he seems to have stopped moving!" Behind a snapped-off tree- trunk, Red stands as still as a statue. His friends run up, calling out to him. Are you OK?" "I'm exhausted from all that craziness..", Red tries reply, but at that very instant, a terrible rumbling rends the air. "Waaah!" "Aaargh! What's happening?" "The ground's moving!" "Is it an earthquake?" To be continued... Trailer: The sudden earthquake takes the 4 friends by surprise. However, this is just the beginning of a new ordeal... Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 27: Groundswell Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 27: Groundswell Our 4 friends are reeling from the sudden tremor. However, this was no earthquake. "What`s that?" yells Yellow, pointing. Everyone looks round, to see the ground swelling up in front of them. "Is that something trying to push its way out of the ground?" "Or is the soil kind of clumping together to form some kind of something? Another mighty rumble fills the air, and the "something" reveals itself to be a giant figure, about 12 meters tall. To be continued... Trailer: The earth giant suddenly turns on the 4 friends. The time has come for Ultror to re-awaken! Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 28: The Tough Get Going Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 28: The Tough Get Going "It looks like it's turned into a giant..." "Yeah...What the hell is it? Oh no! It's heading right at us!" The earth giant lunges at the 4 pals. "This is serious! We can't fight something that size without the Ultror robots." "You're right. OK, everybody, let's summon them! "Ultror Robots, come to our aid!", they shout in chorus. To be continued... Trailer: The Ultror Robots rush to the scene, and as soon as they are on the ground, the 4 friends lose no time in taking up their stations. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 29: Help Flies In Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room close to the screen. well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 29: Help Flies In "Ultror Robots, come to our aid!" (The Ultror Robots theme tune plays) With a swooshing sound, the red, blue, yellow and green robots descend from the sky and land on the ground. In a trice, each of the 4 kids mounts their own robot. "Here we go! And now it's time to merge!" "Go, go go!" chorus the other 3. To be continued... Trailer: The 4 heroes merge their robots to form Invincible Ultror! Now the battle with the earth giant begins. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 30: Megamerge! Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 30: MegamergeI "OK, everybody merge!" "Go!" chorus the other 3. Robots 1 to 3 start to divide and morph. Robot 1 forms the head and torso. Robot 2 forms the arms. Robot 3 forms the legs. "Megamerge! Ultror!" Robot 4 then divides and morphs to reinforce Ultror's head, legs and arms. Clank, clank, whirr, buzz. (A shorter version of the Invincible Ultror Merge theme tune plays.) "Megamerge! Invincible Ultror!" To be continued... Trailer: Using the Invincible Ultror Blade, Ultror attacks the earth giant, completely bisecting him!. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 31: Mightier Than The Sword Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 31: Mightier Than The Sword "OK, we'll do this with one stroke!" Ultror's left arm is raised with the yell "Invincible Ultror Blade!" As if in reply, a nimbus of light gathers round the robot's raised left hand, which morphs into a sword. "En garde! Take that! Witness the Invincible Ultror Slash!" Thwock!" The robot slices the earth giant clean in two. "Got him!.... Huh? What's this?" Despite the fact that he has just been neatly sliced, the earth giant reassembles himself into his previous form. To be continued... Trailer: The 4 heroes are being chased by a huge earth giant! The Invincible Ultror Slash has no effect! How will they get out of this one? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 32: Soon To Be History? Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 32: Soon To Be History? "It's completely reformed!" "It's no use cutting it!" "So what do we do?" "I have no idea...Aaagh!" Whump! Clomp! Thump! The earth giant, now as good as new, starts punching the Invincible Ultror. "It's attacking too fast for us!" "We can't fight back, or even defend ourselves!" "At this rate, we'll soon be toast!" "Oh no! What can we do?" To be continued... Trailer: The Invincible Ultror is up against the earth giant, and there seems to be no way to counterattack. Does this spell defeat for our 4 friends? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 33: Overpowered Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 33: Overpowered Meanwhile, the earth giant keeps right on attacking. Thump! Clang! Pow! "We've got our work cut out just staying upright. Hasn't it got any weak points?" "It's made of earth, so how about pouring water over it?" "I don't know if that would work against an earth giant, but it's no good anyway." "Why not?" "There's no sign of a river or a lake round here, and even if there was one, I don't think we can get away from this thing." "And it's not likely to rain today -- they picked this day for the trip because the forecast was so good..." To be continued... Trailer: Does the earth giant really have no weaknesses? And is the Invincible Ultror really destined for defeat? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 34: Dire Straits Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 34: Dire Straits The attack continues relentlessly. Keranng! Thwock! The earth giant grabs the robot's neck, and lifts him off the ground "Guh!" groans Red. (Viewers please note: The 4 heroes do not feel the sensations of the Invincible Ultror, so Red is not actually in pain. The robot does not suffer any serious damage: it just gets shaken about a bit. In case you were worried.) "I guess this is what you call being in dire straits..." To be continued... Trailer: The Invincible Ultror is certainly in dire straits. Just when things seem to be as bad as they can get, the gang hears a mysterious voice. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 35: The Giant Speaks Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 35: The Giant Speaks "I guess this is what you call being in dire straits." "What are we going to do?" "If we don't do something soon, we're totally history!" "Isn't there some way we can bring him down?" At that moment, an unfamiliar voice says: "...Tu-reee-z..." "Who said that? "You heard it too?" chorus the other 3. "So we all heard it?" To be continued... Trailer: The mysterious voice seems to belong to the earth giant. What can this mean? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 36: Dark Deity of Destruction Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 36: Dark Deity of Destruction "So, we all heard that?" "Uh-HUH" "But who said it?" "I think it came from the giant." "Wow...! Well, it didn't say 'I can't talk', so I guess I shouldn't be so suprised at its ability to speak." "It sounded kind of strange..." "Never mind all that! Did we all hear what it said?" To be continued... Trailer: Why has the earth giant appeared? And why did it attack the Invincible Ultror? Will these mysteries be demystified? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 37: Getting The Message Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 37: Getting The Message "Did we all hear what it was that the giant said?" "It sounded to me like it said 'Tur-eez'". "That's what it sounded like to me too." "And me." "So we all think it said 'Tur-eez'?" "Hmm, I wonder what it means by that?" (....lost in thought....) (Viewers will note that during this interlude, the earth giant continues trying to strangle the Invincible Ultror.) "Eureka! I've got it!" To be continued... Trailer: Has Red guessed correctly? And does he also work out How to attack the earth giant? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 38: Could This Be Love? Race Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 38: Could This be Love? "Eureka! I've got it!" Yells Red suddenly. "Maybe the earth giant is looking for someone called Teresa, who came to the mountain on a picnic or whatever, and the earth giant fell in love with her at first sight. Ever since then he's been pouncing on people who come here, to see if they're Teresa." "No, I think you're wrong, replies Yellow, promptly. To be continued... Trailer: So Red has guessed wrong! And he hasn't found a way to attack the earth giant! Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 39: Guess Again Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 39: Guess Again "Why do you think I'm wrong, Yellow?" "Well, for a start, if he fell in love at first sight, how would he know her name?" "He might have heard her friend call her by her name, or he might have found it out later or something..." "That's possible, I guess. But why does he attack people? If you love someone, you don't go round trying to attack them." "Ah! Right..." "And then, whichever way you look at it, Invincible Ultror isn't a person." "Well, maybe the giant's eyesight isn't so good..." "That's a possibility, but even so, Ultror is far too big to be mistaken for a human being." To be continued... Trailer: So, just what is the earth giant trying to do? The mystery deepens.... Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 40: Brainstorming Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 40: Brainstorming "There's another thing", Blue joins in. (Viewers will note that, as we've mentioned before, the earth giant meanwhile continues his attempt to strangle the Invincible Ultror.) "If he keeps attacking people who come to this mountain, we should have seen it on the news, and stuff. I've never seen any reports like that, so he probably hasn't done this before." "Mmmn, I've never heard anything either. Well, what on earth is he trying to do?" To be continued... Trailer: At that moment, the giant speaks again. Is the mystery finally about to be solved? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 41: Making Sense Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 41: Making Sense At that moment, the strange voice is heard again! "..TUR-EEEZ-A-LOOHHHN..." "There it is again!" "Ah! Her full name must be 'Teresa Long'!" "Didn't I just tell you it couldn't be a person's name?" "Oh, yes, sorry..." "I've got it!" "Huh? What?" "I've worked out what the earth giant is trying to tell us!" "Huh? You have?" To be continued... Trailer: Has Yellow's answer to the riddle got anything to do with someone called Teresa Long? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 42: Truth Dawns at Last Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 42: Truth Dawns at Last "OK, Yellow, spill the beans". "OK. The earth giant is probably trying to punish Red." "Huh? Why?" "A while ago, Red had that crazy spell and started snapping off tree-trunks... so maybe the voice was saying 'Leave the trees alone'?" "Ah, yes!" "So it was my fault the earth giant appeared?", wonders Red. To be continued... Trailer: If Yellow is right, Red is the guilty party. In that case, should they even try to defeat the earth giant? (assuming they could...) Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 43: Doing the Right Thing Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 43: Doing the Right Thing "So I guess I was in the wrong", says Red, sheepishly. "I wish I'd never given you those mystery mushrooms in the first place..." "I wish I'd given you something to boost your energy, instead of that super-hot chilli bun." "I wish I'd given you more cookies..." When everyone has done with the self-reproach, someone makes a constructive suggestion. "Why don't we apologise to the earth giant, and then maybe he'll forgive us?" To be continued... Trailer: The 4 friends decide to apologize to the earth giant anyway. But will he really forgive them? Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 44: A Wind Of Change Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 44: A Wind Of Change "Let's all apologize!" "OK!" chorus the other 3. "All together now" "We're sorry we knocked down those trees!", they shout in unison. As they do so, the earth giant slowly relaxes his grip on Ultror's neck, and his earthen body starts to crumble and collapse back into the ground. In a few moments, everything looks just the way it did before the earth giant appeared. To be continued... Trailer: The earth giant has turned back into ordinary earth. But the problem isn't completely solved yet! Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 45: Atonement Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 45: Atonement "He's gone...isn't he?" When the earth giant merges back into the ground, the 4 heroes breathe a sigh of relief. The giant's gone, but what am I going to do about the trees I knocked down while I was in crazy mode?", asks Red. "Mmm. How about repairing them?" "But how?" "Well, how about putting the broken trunks back on the stumps, and bandaging them up with splints, like broken bones?" To be continued... Trailer: Red tries to repair the broken trees single-handed. However, his friends are determined not to be left out. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 46: True Friends Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 46: True Friends "But I haven't got any bandages or splints." "I've got some with me." "How come you brought splints and bandages?" "That's a secret..." "It is? Well, anyway, can I borrow them?" "No! This is a job for all of us, not just you, Red!" "I guess so... Well, you guys, will you give me a hand?" "Of course we will!" they all reply. To be continued... Trailer: The 4 heroes apologize to each of the trees Red broke. They all resolve never to do anything like that again. Next time: Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Episode 47: The Heroes Take A Break Don't miss it! Mechabot Ultror Fights Again THE AUTUMN BREEZE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 47: The Heroes Take a Break "There, that should do The last of the broken trees is firmly bandaged up. "We're really, really sorry", they bow to the trees. "It's a shame we never got to do anything with Invincible Ultror this time. "Well, it's only fair. We were in the wrong... "That's true." "But we apologized properly, right?" "We did. And we can still enjoy the rest of this day out." "OK, let's be on our way." "Yes, let's go" chorus the others. After that, Red, Blue, Yellow and Green scarf the rest of the snacks, and arrive at the mountain top feeling refreshed and cheerful. At lunchtime, they happily devour their packed lunches, and enjoy the rest of the day to the full. Thanks for watching! ################################# j) St. Emerald Academy (stemermy) ################################# File 3 The Girl Who Reads Books She always stands in the same car of the same train, at the same time of day, with her back against the doors. When the train starts up, she puts her briefcase down, between her feet, and takes out a pocket book, with its cover neatly in place. She seems to use dead leaves for bookmarks, for she turns to a page where just such a left is pressed, and goes on reading. When we get to the next station, the train stops, and she totters slightly as the doors against which she was leaning open, causing the leaf to fall gently from her book. She hurries to try to catch it, but misses, and and it falls to the floor. So she picks it up, dusts it off, puts it back in the back of her book, and continues reading. We were approaching her station. She took the leaf from the back of her book, stuck it at the point where she was leaving off, and closed the book. Then she put it in her briefcase, which she slung over her shoulder as she turned to face the doors. When the train stopped and the doors opened, she got off. File 15 The Two Girls She always stands in the same car of the same train, at the same time of day, in the same spot, waiting for the next stop, her eyes squeezed shut, because the next stop is the one where her friend gets on. When the train stops, she slowly opens her eyes and turns to look at the doors. She smiles, because she can see her friend standing on the other side. The doors open, and her friend runs over to where she is standing. They give each other a great big hug, then promptly start talking. They seem to be talking about the final exams that are coming up, starting next week. The station where they get off is coming up. Now they suddenly seem to have switched from talking about tests to badmouthing a certain teacher they don't like. The train has stopped, however, and as the doors open, they get off, holding hands. File 26 The Girl Who Looks Outside She always sits alone in the same place, on the same train, at the same time. She keeps her face turned to the window, looking at nothing but the passing view. I don't know what her face looks like, as a result. Though when the train goes through a tunnel, I can see the reflection of her face in the glass, I still don't really know just what she looks like... When the train stops at the next station, it shakes her up, just a little. A new passenger is sitting down next to her. She turns to this person for just an instant before promptly looking back out the window. Aside from that, she keeps staring out the window, just as she always does. As we approach her station, she gets up before we reach the platform and walks to the doors, again, as she always does. Once there, she again stares out the window, of course, not moving at all, until the train stops and the doors open, she gets off. File 30 The Sleeping Girl She always sits alone, asleep, in the same place on the same train, everyday. She moves in time to the shaking of the train. When it moves side to side, her body moves side to side as well, and her head hits the window, good and hard, enough to wake even her. She rubs the bump on her head, cowering. It must really have hurt, for she is shaking all over, and her eyes are welling with tears. After a bit, the pain seems to be easing, for she shifts in place, closes her eyes, and tries to go back to sleep. The train stops at the next station, whereupon she opens her eyes slightly, only to close them and go back to sleep once she sees it isn't her stop. A bit further on, the train approached her stop. She showed no sign of waking up yet, however. File 31 The Girl Awakens She always sits alone, asleep, in the same place on the same train, everyday. The train stopped at her station, but she still shows no sign of waking up. Even after the doors closed and the train left the station, she slept on... A little later, she woke up. After a bit, she realized where she was, and looked around in a panic. Then she struck her forehead with the palm, as if to say, oh no, I did it again. Then she got up and walked over to the doors, where she waited for the train to reach the next station. Once there, she promptly got off and ran to the opposite platform, there to wait for the train. It did not look as though there would be a train anytime soon, however. File 47 The Girl Who Eats on the Train She always sits alone, in the same place, on the same train, everyday. And she is always eating something while on the train, too. Maybe she's always waking up without enough time to enjoy a leisurely breakfast at home. Whatever the case, today she's having an egg salad sandwich and 100% apple juice. She puts the sandwich container on her lap, holding the sandwich in her left hand, and the apple juice in her right. She eats one piece of her sandwich at a time, taking a swallow of her apple juice after each piece. Then she picks up the next piece of the sandwich, and starts on that. When she has finished it all, she crushes the juice box, and sticks it in the sandwich pack. Then she picks up these packages and her briefcase, and stands up. Just then, the train reaches her stop, and the doors open. As soon as she gets off, she puts her trash in the nearby trash can, and heads down the stairs. File 51 The Girl Who Stumbles We stop at the station for about a minute. The train will be pulling out any time now. She'll be coming to the platform right then, too. I wonder if she'll make it this time. There's the signal. The train is about to leave the station. Just then, I hear the sound of feet running up the stairs. Is it her? Yes, it is: just as she reaches the top of the stairs, she trips and falls, apparently banging her knee on the platform. She rubs it and tries to get up, just in time to see the doors close. The apparent shock of seeing the doors close right before her eyes seems to have made her pain, as she stands up again. The train is already underway, however, and she won't be catching it. I wonder whether she'll be like this every day, just like today: stuck there, waiting for the next train. File 67 The Girl Who Bumps Into Things She always sits alone, in the same place, on the same train, everyday. Her briefcase is at her feet, and she holds tightly to what looks like a racquet case, maybe for tennis or something. We stop at a station and people get on. One of these people jostles the carrying case that she is holding. It is pretty big, and sticks out into the aisle. She promptly gets to her feet and apologizes, bowing her head, though the person she bumped doesn't appear to take much notice. While all of this is going on, the doors close and the train takes off. Her awkward pose, head bowed, causes her to pitch forward, bumping into the very person to whom she was apologizing, causing her to turn bright red and apologize even more fiercely. He did not seem to be overly concerned by this either, however, and simply sat down next to her. File 68 The Girl Who Apologizes She always sits alone, in the same place, on the same train, everyday. Her briefcase is at her feet, and she holds tightly to what looks like a racquet case, maybe for tennis or something. Her stop is approaching, and she gets up to get ready to get off the train. As she does so, her carrying case hits the man sitting next to her, in the face. She promptly apologizes, bowing her head, though he does not appear terribly concerned. Meanwhile, the train stops. Her unnatural stance causes her to stumble and bump into the very man to whom she is already apologizing. She turns a bright red and apologizes even more fiercely. The man says something to her, which I imagine must be along the lines of, hurry up and go before the doors close. She keeps on apologizing, even as she gets off the train. She stops outside and apologizes some more. She continues apologizing even as the doors close, and the train takes off. File 80 The Girl Who Stares She always sits alone, in the same place, on the same train, everyday. And she always stares at a single point: a certain person, sitting in the next car... She doesn't say anything or approach this person. She just stares. Sometimes, the person in the next car turns to look her way, whereupon she promptly turns her gaze the other way. As soon as that person looks away, however, she starts staring again. Why? And why isn't she watching from inside the same car, for that matter? In time, we get to her station. She gets off, not without some sense of regret, still staring at that same person. Even after she gets off the train, and the doors have closed, and the train pulls away, she still keeps staring ############### ii) Town House ############### You can get gotz to build you this fine house if you get 100,000,000!!!! and 999 lumber, might take you a while :) But when you do build it you get a whole new selection of TV programs!!! The channel layout for this TV is a bit different: Up: Still weather Right: Harvest Moon Programing as follows: From the 1st of Spring until the 7th of Summer: 'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME' From Summer 9th to Summer 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME' From the 1st of Fall until the 7th of Winter:'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME' From Winter 9th until the 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME' Down: Magical F3.14 Racing Left: Variety programs The variety Programs channel shows different programs each day as follows: *Sunday: Mine Research Group *Monday: Fairy and Me: His Story *Tuesday: Fairy and Me: Her Story *Wednesday: Mineral Town Friends! *Thursday: CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO *Friday: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO *Saturday: Rock, Paper, Sissors Here are the town programs in full ############################### a) F-3.14 MGP Racing (magf314r) ############################### Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Futaba Using Spirit Magic Her magic is well-balanced between offense and defense, and she always races well. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The first match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Leatrice On Sana Using Voodoo She can always be seen going around before the race with dolls and needles. She doesn't do much at all during the race proper. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The first match will be tomorrow. The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: From the start, the race was between Sylvia and Lupinus. Sylvia's Wind Magic gave her an early lead over Lupinus, but Lupinus stuck to Sylvia like glue for the rest of the race! In the final lap, Lupinus cast an illusionary turn on Sylvia, who was 0.2 seconds ahead, but Sylvia's Earth Magic blocked it easily, and she held on to her lead and won the race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia 2nd Place: Lupinus 3rd Place: Miltonia The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia +10 2nd Place: Lupinus +6 3rd Place: Miltonia+4 4th Place: Daisy +3 5th Place: Cosmos +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Leatrice 9th Place: Lavender 10th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st Place: Sylvia 10 2nd Place: Lupinus 6 3rd Place: Miltonia4 4th Place: Daisy 3 5th Place: Cosmos 2 6th Place: Amaryllis 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell, which ought to be interesting. That's all for today. The second match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The second match will be tomorrow. The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Sylvia continues to perform very well, while Lupinus had trouble with her machine and couldn't use much magic, giving her a hard time. The Light-Dark Sisters, Daisy and Cosmos, nearly gained on Sylvia with their Light and Dark Wing spells, but couldn't quite make it, and Sylvia stayed in the lead to win her second consecutive race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Miltonia +3 5th Place: Lupinus +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lavender 9th Place: Leatrice 10th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 20 2nd (up): Daisy 9 3rd (up): Lupinus 8 4th (down): Miltonia 7 5th (unch.): Cosmos 6 6th (unch.): Amaryllis 2 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The third match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Futaba Using Spirit Magic Her magic is well-balanced between offense and defense, and she always races well. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The third match will be tomorrow. The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Sylvia hit Leatrice, who was lagging behind, taking them both out of the race! That led to Lupinus taking the lead, and comfortably winning the race. Miltonia, Daisy, and Cosmos fought it out for 2nd Place, with Miltonia using her restorative magic in the final lap, easily holding on to 2nd Place. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus 2nd Place: Miltonia 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus +10 2nd Place: Miltonia +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Daisy +3 5th Place: Moraea +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place (tie): Lavender 7th Place (tie): Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 20 2nd (up): Lupinus 18 3rd (up): Miltonia 13 4th (down): Daisy 12 5th (unch.): Cosmos 10 6th (unch.) Amaryllis 3 7th (up): Moraea 2 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Leatrice On Sana Using Voodoo She can always be seen going around before the race with dolls and needles. She doesn't do much at all during the race proper. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The fourth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell. That's all for today. The fourth match will be tomorrow. The results of the fourth F-3.14 MGP Race are: This race belonged to Daisy and Cosmos. In the first lap they suddenly combined their magics into a Shining Dark Wing, and promptly pulled ahead of the pack to take the lead! They then held off all comers together, to take first and second place. Sylvia came in third in this race, with Daisy two points behind her current 1st Place ranking in the overall standings. Leatrice hit Amaryllis, thus wiping out again, following her collision with Sylvia in the previous race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Sylvia The results of the fourth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Sylvia +4 4th Place: Miltonia +3 5th Place: Lupinus +2 6th Place: Moraea +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 24 2nd (up): Daisy 22 3rd (down): Lupinus 20 3rd (down): Miltonia 16 5th (unch.): Cosmos 16 6th (unch.): Amaryllis 3 6th (up, tie): Moraea 3 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The fifth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The fifth match will be tomorrow. The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Prior to the start of the race, Lavender advised Daisy against entering, telling her that her divination foretold that they would collide and be out of the race. Naturally, Daisy paid no heed to this advice, and entered the race as scheduled. Then, in the twelfth lap, Daisy and Cosmos were using their combined magic, when they came upon Lavender, who was already being lapped. Daisy tried to force her way past Lavender, only to run into her instead. Given that the collision happened while Daisy was using her magic, there is greater concern for the state of her mind than that of her body. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Miltonia 2nd Place: Sylvia 3rd Place: Lupinus The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Miltonia +10 2nd Place: Sylvia +6 3rd Place: Lupinus +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Moraea +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Leatrice 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 30 2nd (up): Miltonia 26 3rd (unch.): Lupinus 24 4th (down): Daisy 22 5th (unch.): Cosmos 19 6th (unch.): Moraea 5 7th (down): Amaryllis 4 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Futaba Using Spirit Magic Her magic is well-balanced between offense and defense, and she always races well. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The sixth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Leatrice On Sana Using Voodoo She can always be seen going around before the race with dolls and needles. She doesn't do much at all during the race proper. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The sixth match will be tomorrow. The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Owing to the serious injuries they sustained when they collided in the last race, Daisy and Lavender were scratched this time. With Daisy out of the race, Cosmos had a hard time of it, because she couldn't use their combination magic. The battle for first place was thus between Lupinus, Sylvia, and Miltonia, who has been in good form as of late. In the end, Lupinus used her mirror images to break away from the pack and win the race. Her total point standing is now equal to that of Sylvia. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus 2nd Place: Miltonia 3rd Place: Sylvia The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus +10 2nd Place: Miltonia +6 3rd Place: Sylvia +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Amaryllis +2 6th Place: Moraea +1 7th Place: Leatrice 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 34 2nd (up): Lupinus 34 3rd (down): Miltonia 32 4th (unch.): Daisy 22 4th (up): Cosmos 22 6th (unch.): Moraea 6 6th (up): Amaryllis 6 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell. That's all for today. The seventh match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The seventh match will be tomorrow. The results of the seventh F-3.14 MGP Race are: Everybody's favorite racer, Daisy, is back at last! And as expected, she and Cosmos led the way right from the start with their combination magic. And from the looks of things, it seems fair to say that Daisy is completely recovered from her accident. A fierce battle for third place broke out between Sylvia and Miltonia, which ended in the final lap, when Miltonia, having exhausted her magic power, was helpless to stop Sylvia from using her wind magic to pass her by. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Sylvia The results of the seventh F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Sylvia +4 4th Place: Miltonia +3 5th Place: Moraea +2 6th Place: Leatrice +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Sylvia 38 2nd (up): Miltonia 35 3rd (down): Lupinus 34 4th (unch.): Daisy 32 5th (down): Cosmos 28 6th (unch.): Moraea 8 7th (down): Amaryllis 6 8th (up): Leatrice 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The eighth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Yotsuba Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Yotsuba, can apparently change into any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. We'll just have to see what this is all about. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The eighth match will be tomorrow. The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Lupinus, who was first in the qualifying round, made effective use of her mirror image and other magics to keep anyone else from getting past her, holding on to the lead all the way to the final lap. As a result, she also took top place in the overall standings away from Sylvia. Speaking of whom, she staked the race on her new machine, Yotsuba. Due to it not being properly tuned yet, however, she only came in sixth. Oh, and while it isn't that big a deal, we feel we should mention that Lavender earned her first points ever, as per her divination prior to the start of the race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Lavender +3 5th Place: Miltonia +2 6th Place: Sylvia +1 7th Place: Leatrice 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Lupinus 44 2nd (down): Sylvia 39 3rd (up): Daisy 39 4th (down): Miltonia 37 5th (unch.): Cosmos 32 6th (unch.): Moraea 8 7th (unch.): Amaryllis 6 8th (up): Lavender 3 9th (down): Leatrice 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Leatrice On Sana Using Voodoo She can always be seen going around before the race with dolls and needles. She doesn't do much at all during the race proper. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The ninth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell. That's all for today. The ninth match will be tomorrow. The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: The weather was bad for today's race, meaning that it was raining so hard during the race that you couldn't see anything beyond a few meters. So, while everyone else took it slow and easy, Miltonia charged ahead, unconcerned about getting hurt, thanks to liberal use of her restorative magics. In this reckless manner, she managed to take first place, though she also ended up overdoing it in the process, hurting herself pretty badly. It now looks as though she won't make it to the final race, which is a real shame, seeing as how she finally took top place in the overall standings, too. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Miltonia 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Miltonia +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Sylvia +3 5th Place: Lupinus +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Miltonia 47 2nd (down): Lupinus 46 3rd (unch.): Daisy 44 4th (down): Sylvia 42 5th (unch.): Cosmos 36 6th (unch.): Moraea 8 7th (unch.): Amaryllis 7 8th (unch.): Lavender 3 9th: Leatrice: 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The final match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The final match will be tomorrow. The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: Sadly, Miltonia had to be scratched, and thus, the championship came down to the top three point holders. Yotsuba, Sylvia's new machine, finally showed us what it can do. This machine has four modes that are capable of handling any terrain, including a wind mode that not even the combination magic used by Daisy and Cosmos could beat. This victory put Sylvia back on top in total points. Our congratulations to her. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Sylvia +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Lupinus +3 5th Place: Lavender +2 6th Place: Moraea +1 7th Place: Amaryllis 8th Place: Leatrice 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Sylvia 52 2nd (up): Daisy 50 3rd (down): Lupinus 49 4th (down): Miltonia 47 5th (unch.): Cosmos 40 6th (unch.): Moraea 9 7th (unch.): Amaryllis 7 8th (unch.): Lavender 5 9th (unch.): Leatrice 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Yotsuba Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Yotsuba, can apparently change into any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. We'll just have to see what this is all about. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The first match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Licorice On Makoto Using Spatial Magic Licorice's spatial interchange magic, which enables her to change places with anyone else, may well be the most powerful magic of all. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The first match will be tomorrow. The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: In her first race ever, Licorice came in first. What happened was that in the final lap, she sneakily used her spatial interchange magic to switch places with Sylvia, who had been in the lead up to that point. There are calls now, however, for this type of magic to be banned as too dangerous for use in certain spellcasting situations. Further information will be reported as it becomes available. Sylvia ended up dead last, by the way. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st: Licorice +10 2nd: Daisy +6 3rd: Cosmos +4 4th: Lupinus +3 5th: Miltonia +2 6th: Moraea +1 7th: Amaryllis 8th: Lavender 9th: Lilac 10th: Sylvia Point Standings: 1st: Licorice 10 2nd: Daisy 6 3rd: Cosmos 4 4th: Lupinus 3 5th: Miltonia 2 6th: Moraea 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell. That's all for today. The second match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Licorice, who had just won her first race, is on the injured list. It seems that her spatial interchange magic burns a fair amount of magic power, and thus, can't be used all that often. As for Sylvia, she was still apparently pretty burned by having ended up dead last in the previous race, and just didn't run a very good race at all this time around. In the event, this race came down to Daisy and Cosmos on the one hand, and Lupinus on the other. By skillfully interposing her mirror images between Daisy and Cosmos, Lupinus was able to keep them from using their combination magic, and thus win the race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Miltonia +3 5th Place: Moraea +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Sylvia 8th Place: Lavender 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Lupinus 13 2nd (unch.): Daisy 12 3rd (down): Licorice 10 4th (down): Cosmos 8 5th (unch.): Miltonia 5 6th (unch.): Moraea 3 7th (up): Amaryllis 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The third match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Yotsuba Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Yotsuba, can apparently change into any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. We'll just have to see what this is all about. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The third match will be tomorrow. The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: As with the previous race, Licorice sat out this one too. The difference is that she didn't enter this one, she says, because she didn't very much feel like it, adding that she would be in the next one, however. It thus appeared that this race would be down to Daisy and Cosmos versus Lupinus again, just like the previous one, except that Miltonia also joined in this time, to make it a three-sided contest. The outcome was decided when Daisy and Cosmos used a momentary advantage to cast their combination magic, thus taking first and second place, followed by Miltonia and Lupinus, in that order. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Miltonia The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Miltonia +4 4th Place: Lupinus +3 5th Place: Amaryllis +2 6th Place: Moraea +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Sylvia 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Daisy 22 2nd (down): Lupinus 16 3rd (up): Cosmos 14 4th (down): Licorice 10 5th (unch.): Miltonia 9 6th (unch.): Moraea 4 7th (up): Amaryllis 3 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Licorice On Makoto Using Spatial Magic Licorice's spatial interchange magic, which enables her to change places with anyone else, may well be the most powerful magic of all. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The fourth match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the fourth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Licorice, who had been on the injured list ever since winning her very first race ever, got back on the track for the first time today. Sylvia wasted no time in complaining to Licorice about the magic that Licorice used in that first race, however. People around them stopped the conflict at the time, but words don't appear to have been enough for Sylvia, whose anger came out in a bad way during the race, when she collided with Lupinus, taking them both out of the running. Licorice went on to win the race, without using her spatial interchange magic. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the fourth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Miltonia +3 5th Place: Moraea +2 6th Place: Lavender +1 7th Place: Amaryllis 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Daisy 28 2nd (up): Licorice 20 3rd (unch.): Cosmos 18 4th (down): Lupinus 16 5th (unch.): Miltonia 12 6th (unch.): Moraea 6 7th (unch.): Amaryllis 3 8th (up) Lavender 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The fifth match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: This time around, Lavender's divination foretold that she and Daisy were going to collide. Naturally, Daisy wasn't going to take news like that lying down. She did her level best to stay away from Lavender during the race, only to suddenly find herself being lapped. And wouldn't you know it? Just then, Lavender's machine breaks down, decelerates, and slides over to hit Daisy, who at this point is behind her at an angle, taking them both out of the race. It appears there really is no escape from Lavender's divinations, after all. As a result of her crash, Daisy was passed up in the overall standings by Licorice. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Lupinus The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Lupinus +4 4th Place: Sylvia +3 5th Place: Miltonia +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Licorice 30 2nd (down): Daisy 28 3rd (unch.): Cosmos 24 4th (unch.): Lupinus 20 5th (unch.): Miltonia 14 6th (unch.): Moraea 6 7th (unch.): Amaryllis 4 8th (up): Sylvia 3 9th (down): Lavender 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Yotsuba Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Yotsuba, can change into any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's a good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The sixth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Licorice On Makoto Using Spatial Magic Licorice's spatial interchange magic, which enables her to change places with anyone else, may well be the most powerful magic of all. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The sixth match will be tomorrow. The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: This time around, it was Daisy's turn to get nailed by Licorice's spatial interchange magic. She ended up right smack behind Amaryllis and Moraea, and, unable to effectively dodge either of them, instead plowed into them both, thus taking all three of them out of the race. Daisy thus fell to third place in the overall standings, being passed up in the process by her sister, Cosmos. The question now is, having used her spatial interchange magic, will Licorice sit out the next race, as happened last time? For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Lupinus The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Lupinus +4 4th Place: Sylvia +3 5th Place: Miltonia +2 6th Place: Lavender +1 7th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 40 2nd (up): Cosmos 30 3rd (down): Daisy 28 4th (unch.): Lupinus 24 5th (unch.): Miltonia 16 6th (unch.): Moraea 6 6th (up): Sylvia 6 8th (down): Amaryllis 4 9th (unch.): Lavender 2 And there you have it. The results of the seventh F-3.14 MGP Race are: To no one's surprise, Licorice did indeed sit out this race Instead, the winner of this race turned out to be Lupinus, on her brand new machine, Maho. By skillfully blocking Daisy and Cosmos from using their magic, she kept the field running at her own pace, from start to finish, taking the win without a struggle. As a result, Lupinus, Daisy, and Cosmos are now in a three-way tie for second place in the overall standings. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the seventh F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Lupinus +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Sylvia +3 5th Place: Lavender +2 6th Place: Amaryllis +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 40 2nd (unch.): Cosmos 34 2nd (up): Daisy 34 2nd (up): Lupinus 34 5th (unch.): Miltonia 16 6th (unch.): Sylvia 9 7th (down): Moraea 6 8th (unch.): Amaryllis 5 9th (unch.): Lavender 4 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Maho Using Illusion Magic Lupinus's new machine, Maho, sure seems more powerful than its predecessor, though you can't necessarily tell for sure from just a single glance. That's all for today. The eighth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Yotsuba Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Yotsuba, can change into any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's a good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The eighth match will be tomorrow. The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Licorice made a rapid return to the field. The big interest in this race was how she would fare against Lupinus, with her new machine. As it turned out, however, not even this new and improved Lupinus could stop Licorice. In the middle of the race, Licorice found herself caught between Lavender and Amaryllis, who had been lapped, and it looked as though she was in trouble for a while. She escaped through teleporting ahead in the last turn, however, to take the win, handily. With two races left to go, Licorice may just have a lock on the championship title already. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Lupinus 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Lupinus +6 3rd Place: Daisy +6 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 50 2nd (unch.): Lupinus 40 3rd (down): Daisy 38 4th (down): Cosmos 37 5th (unch.): Miltonia 17 6th (unch.): Sylvia 11 7th (unch.): Moraea 6 8th (unch.): Amaryllis 5 9th (unch.): Lavender 4 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Licorice On Makoto Using Spatial Magic Licorice's spatial interchange magic, which enables her to change places with anyone else, may well be the most powerful magic of all. *Lavender On Starlight Using Divination She always divines who will win before a race starts. Rumor has it her predictions are 100% accurate. That's all for today. The ninth match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: It may or may not come as a surprise, but Licorice won this race too, and by a margin of 52 seconds over second place finisher Miltonia. This victory means that Licorice has already won the championship, regardless of the outcome of the final race. That doesn't mean the competition is all over, though. We hope that all the competitors will give their all in the next race, even though the championship has already been decided, and they're not likely to feel all that motivated, as a result... For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Miltonia 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Miltonia +6 3rd Place: Daisy +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Lupinus +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Moraea 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 60 2nd (up): Daisy 42 3rd (down): Lupinus 41 4th (unch.): Cosmos 40 5th (unch.): Miltonia 23 6th (unch.): Sylvia 13 7th (unch.): Moraea 6 8th (unch.): Amaryllis 5 9th (unch.): Lavender 4 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Amaryllis On Sakuya Using Flower Magic All her magic does is create flowers, which really isn't that useful in racing... *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The final match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Maho Using Illusion Magic Lupinus's new machine, Maho, sure seems more powerful than its predecessor, though you can't necessarily tell for sure from just a single glance. That's all for today. The final match will be tomorrow. The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: This last race was pretty lackluster, probably owing to the fact that Licorice already had the championship all sewn up for this season. Only Licorice and Sylvia made a real race of it, in fact. And even though she was no match for Licorice, Sylvia still managed to take second place with a two minute edge over third-place finisher Lupinus. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Sylvia 3rd Place: Lupinus The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Sylvia +6 3rd Place Lupinus +4 4th Place: Daisy +3 5th Place: Cosmos +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Liliac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 70 2nd (unch.): Daisy 45 2nd (up): Lupinus 45 4th (unch.): Cosmos 42 5th (unch.): Miltonia 24 6th (unch.): Sylvia 19 7th (unch.): Moraea 6 8th (unch.): Amaryllis 5 9th (unch.): Lavender 4 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Mayo Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Mayo, is an upgraded model of her Yotsuba machine. It, too, can take on any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's another good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The first match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: It's only the first race of the season, but things are off to a riotous start. If you can imagine, Eucomyth, running in her first race ever, found herself in a showdown against Daisy and Cosmos, the Children of Light and Darkness themselves, who were using new models of their Peony machines. Licorice, who won the previous championship by an overwhelming margin, was handicapped this time around by a malfunctioning machine. She attempted to recover midway through the race by means of her spatial interchange magic. Eucomyth, however, avoided it, amazing as that sounds, and coasted to a win. Licorice ended up coming in sixth. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the first F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Lupinus +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Licorice +1 7th Place: Miltonia 8th Place: Lavender 9th Place: Moraea 10th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st: Eucomyth 10 2nd: Daisy 6 3rd: Cosmos 4 4th: Lupinus 3 5th: Sylvia 2 6th: Licorice 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Daisy On Peony Using Light Magic Can anyone catch her when she uses her Shining Wing spell? *Cosmos On Peony Using Darkness Magic Cosmos, Daisy's twin sister, has magic opposite but almost as powerful in her Dark Wing spell. That's all for today. The second match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Eucomyth On Kyoko Using Temporal Magic She may be new to the game, but she's got powerful magic. How do you stop someone who can stop time itself? *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The second match will be tomorrow. The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Licorice, who struggled in the last race with machine troubles, was in top form this time around. In the final lap, however, Eucomyth apparently used her ultimate magic, personal time, and took first place while all the rest of us were frozen in time. That time stop affected everyone, myself included, which means that even I don't rightly know just what happened. The point is, Eucomyth suddenly popped in front of Licorice, and was thus first across the line. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth 2nd Place: Licorice 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the second F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth +10 2nd Place: Licorice +6 3rd Place: Daisy +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Lupinus +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Eucomyth 20 2nd (unch.): Daisy 10 3rd (unch.): Cosmos 7 3rd (up): Licorice 7 5th (down): Lupinus 5 6th (down): Sylvia 2 7th (up): Miltonia 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Mayo Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Mayo, is an upgraded model of her Yotsuba machine. It, too, can take on any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's another good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The third match will be tomorrow. The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Eucomyth must still have been feeling the aftereffects of using her ultimate temporal magic in the last race. Whatever the reason, she was unable to dodge the Blue Dragon that Moraea summoned this time, and it blew her off the track. Moraea was herself caught up in the collateral effects, however, which wiped her out as well, thus leaving the field clear for Licorice. Lupinus fought back with all she had, but to no avail, as Licorice sailed to her first victory of the season. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Lupinus 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Lupinus +6 3rd Place: Daisy +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Miltonia +2 6th Place: Sylvia +1 7th Place: Lavender 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Eucomyth 20 2nd (up): Licorice 17 3rd (down): Daisy 14 4th (up): Lupinus 11 5th (down): Cosmos 10 6th (unch.): Sylvia 3 6th (up): Miltonia 3 And there you have it. The results of the fourth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Even before this race started, there already was a major upset in the works. Lavender's divination foretold that she would collide with Eucomyth in the race, taking them both out. Eucomyth paid attention to the warning, and stayed out of the race, as did Lavender, possibly out of respect for Eucomyth's decision. Licorice was also out of today's race. The word is she had an upset stomach. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy 2nd Place: Cosmos 3rd Place: Miltonia The results of the third F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy +10 2nd Place: Cosmos +6 3rd Place: Miltonia +4 4th Place: Lupinus +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Moraea +1 7th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Daisy 24 2nd (down): Eucomyth 20 3rd (down): Licorice 17 4th (up): Cosmos 16 5th (down): Lupinus 14 6th (unch.): Miltonia 7 7th (down): Sylvia 5 8th (up): Moraea 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Eucomyth On Kyoko Using Temporal Magic She may be new to the game, but she's got powerful magic. How do you stop someone who can stop time itself? *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The fifth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Maho Using Illusion Magic Lupinus's new machine, Maho, sure seems more powerful than its predecessor, though you can't necessarily tell for sure from just a single glance. That's all for today. The fifth match will be tomorrow. The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: This race had the first showdown between Eucomyth and Licorice in three runs. Eucomyth ran the field at her own pace, and Licorice couldn't get past her. She appeared to hesitate to use her spatial interchange magic, however, perhaps out of fear that Eucomyth might dodge it altogether, as she did the last time they met. Instead, she burned her magic power in teleporting, but it wasn't quite good enough. Licorice came in second behind Eucomyth, who now once again holds first place in the overall standings. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth 2nd Place: Licorice 3rd Place: Lupinus The results of the fifth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth +10 2nd Place: Licorice +6 3rd Place: Lupinus +4 4th Place: Daisy +3 5th Place: Cosmos +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Sylvia 8th Place: Moraea 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Eucomyth 30 2nd (down): Daisy 27 3rd (unch.): Licorice 23 4th (unch.): Cosmos 18 5th (unch.): Lupinus 18 6th (unch.): Miltonia 8 7th (unch.): Sylvia 5 8th (unch.): Moraea 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Mayo Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Mayo, is an upgraded model of her Yotsuba machine. It, too, can take on any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's another good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The sixth match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Lavender's divination foretold that she and Cosmos would collide during today's race, taking them both out. There was no way that Cosmos would simply take such news lying down, however. And wouldn't you know it, Lavender was right. Just before being taken out, though, Cosmos transferred all of her remaining magic power to Daisy, thus giving her what she needed to win the race, by putting all of the magic power she'd been given into her Shining Wing throughout all the remaining laps. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy 2nd Place: Eucomyth 3rd Place: Licorice The results of the sixth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Daisy +10 2nd Place: Eucomyth +6 3rd Place: Licorice +4 4th Place: Lupinus +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Daisy 37 2nd (down): Eucomyth 36 3rd (unch.): Licorice 27 4th (up): Lupinus 21 5th (down): Cosmos 18 6th (unch.): Miltonia 9 7th (unch.): Sylvia 7 8th (unch.): Moraea 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Eucomyth On Kyoko Using Temporal Magic She may be new to the game, but she's got powerful magic. How do you stop someone who can stop time itself? *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The seventh match will be tomorrow. The results of the seventh F-3.14 MGP Race are: As before, this race came down to Eucomyth and Licorice, the latter using her teleport power with timing so exquisite that it seemed certain that she would pass up Eucomyth. Only thing was, Eucomyth used foresight with the exact same timing to know what Licorice was going to do before she did it, thus blocking her completely. Both Daisy and Cosmos were out of today's race, the latter because she used up an excessive amount of magic power on her sister in the previous race. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Eucomyth 2nd Place: Licorice 3rd Place: Lupinus Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Misuzu Using Illusion Magic All she does is illusion, so if you figure that out, she's totally powerless. That's all for today. The 8th match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Moraea On Natsuki Using Summoning Magic I've never seen her summon anything, though, so I don't rightly know just what this means. *Lupinus On Maho Using Illusion Magic Lupinus's new machine, Maho, sure seems more powerful than its predecessor, though you can't necessarily tell for sure from just a single glance. That's all for today. The eighth match will be the day after tomorrow. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Sylvia On Mayo Using Spirit Magic Sylvia's new machine, Mayo, is an upgraded model of her Yotsuba machine. It, too, can take on any of four different forms, in accordance with whichever magic she is using at a given time. It's another good one. *Miltonia On Sprite Using White Magic She uses restorative magic, so she prefers to race pretty hard, and then heal herself afterwards. That's all for today. The eighth match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Sylvia plowed smack into a wall toward the end of the race, wiping herself out in spectacular fashion. Pieces of her machine Yotsuba flew everywhere, with several of them connecting with Eucomyth, who was right behind her at the time. Eucomyth's machine Kyoko started to fail on her, such that she ended up coming in second, having been passed up by Licorice. Eucomyth is still tops in the overall rankings, however, with a nine-point lead over Licorice. Can Licorice make up the deficit in the two races remaining this season? For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Eucomyth 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the eighth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Eucomyth +6 3rd Place: Daisy +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Lupinus +2 6th Place: Miltonia +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lavender 9th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Eucomyth 52 2nd (up): Licorice 43 3rd (down): Daisy 41 4th (unch.): Lupinus 27 5th (unch.): Cosmos 21 6th (unch.): Miltonia 13 7th (unch.): Sylvia 8 8th (unch.): Moraea 2 And there you have it. The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: As Lupinus and Miltonia were fighting it out for fifth place, they found themselves lapped by Eucomyth. The sheer intensity of their battle, however, snagged Eucomyth, giving her no way to get safely past. And just then, Licorice came up from behind. In desperation, Eucomyth tried using her ultimate personal time magic, leaving herself with no concentration or defense, when ripples from the magic being thrown off by Lupinus and Miltonia ahead of her caused her to lose her balance and pitch forward, taking both of them out of the race with her. As a consequence, only one point now separates first and second place in the overall rankings. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Daisy 3rd Place: Cosmos The results of the ninth F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Daisy +6 3rd Place: Cosmos +4 4th Place: Moraea +3 5th Place: Sylvia +2 6th Place: Lavender +1 7th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (up): Licorice 53 2nd (down): Eucomyth 52 3rd (unch.): Daisy 47 4th (unch.): Lupinus 27 5th (unch.): Cosmos 25 6th (unch.): Miltonia 13 7th (unch.): Sylvia 10 8th (unch.): Moraea 5 9th (up): Lavender 1 And there you have it. Racers in the F-3.14 MGP are as follows: *Eucomyth On Kyoko Using Temporal Magic She may be new to the game, but she's got powerful magic. How do you stop someone who can stop time itself? *Liliac On Karin Trainee in Magic As a trainee, Lilac has no magic yet. Let's hope she eventually makes good. That's all for today. The final match will be the day after tomorrow. The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: Even if Daisy had managed to win this race, she could not have won the championship if either Eucomyth or Licorice came in second. Thus, this final race, as with so many others this season, came down to a contest between Eucomyth and Licorice. And Eucomyth ran the field at her own pace, up until the final stretch, whereupon Licorice used her spatial inversion magic. Eucomyth, who had been expecting that move with ease. Licorice, however, wasted no time in doing it again, something that Eucomyth apparently hadn't expected, because she got nailed by it, a direct hit, with the net result being that Licorice won the race, and her second championship title in a row. Our go congratulations go out to her. For now, we have the top three racers. We'll post the full results tomorrow. Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice 2nd Place: Eucomyth 3rd Place: Daisy The results of the final F-3.14 MGP Race are: Yesterday's Race Results: 1st Place: Licorice +10 2nd Place: Eucomyth +6 3rd Place: Daisy +4 4th Place: Cosmos +3 5th Place: Miltonia +2 6th Place: Lupinus +1 7th Place: Moraea 8th Place: Lilac Point Standings: 1st (unch.): Licorice 63 2nd (unch.): Eucomyth 58 3rd (unch.): Daisy 51 4th (unch.): Lupinus 28 4th (up): Cosmos 28 6th (unch.): Miltonia 15 7th (unch.): Sylvia 10 8th (unch.): Moraea 5 9th (unch.): Lavender 1 And there you have it ############################### b) Mine Research Group (miregr) ############################### "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Up to now, it had been assumed that digging up the ground at the Mine by the Spring would only unearth Gold or Black Grass. Recently, however, the idea that other things may be found there has found favor with many. One such find is is the "Power Berry"about which the presence of I may claim with 100% certainty, based on my own investigations. It may be found 100 levels underground. Another is the "Mystery Slab." While it is true, however, that it is there to be found, we do not know exactly where it is located, perhaps due to it being buried very deep indeed. We will inform you as soon as we have more information regarding this object. That's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. It is known that the following things are comparatively common finds when one breaks rocks at the Mine of the Spring: Junk Ore, Copper, Silver, Gold, MYstrile, Orichalch, and Adamantite. Two more unusual objects known to be found there, however, are the "Teleport Stone" and the "Goddess Jewel." As to where in the mine they can be found, however, well... It appears that our time is up for today, so I will talk more on this subject next time. That's all for this week."*Mine Research Group "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. We have learned that among the things to be found by breaking rocks at the Mine of the Spring are the Teleport Stone and the Goddess Jewel. We believe that the former is probably found on the lowest level of the mine, while the latter is scattered here and there, and thus, we do not know all the places where it may be found. We only know of two such places at this time, the 102nd and 202nd levels of the mine. I will inform you of any more information on this subject. That's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. As with the Mine of the Spring, we have found that Power Berries can also be found in digging at the Mine of the Lake. My investigations show that they can be found on the 19th level of the Mine. Also, there have been rumors in some quarters about "Cursed Tools." Word now reaches us that such tools have been found at the Mine of the Lake, specifically, the Cursed Hoe, which, we are told, was found on the 39th level of the mine. More on this story as we get more information. That's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. The following ores are known to be found by breaking rocks at the Mine of the Lake: Amethyst, Agate, Fluorite, Peridot, Topaz, Ruby, Sand Rose, Moonstone, Emerald, and Diamond. Of these, the last two are comparatively unusual, while the others can be found more easily. There are, however, other unusual things being found in this mine... It seems, however, that we have run out of time, so we will continue this discussion on our next show, at our leisure. Until then, that's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Unusual ores that can be found by breaking rocks at the Mine by the Lake are Alexandrite and Pink Diamond. We have reports that Alexandrite has been found on the 50th, 100th, 150th levels of the mine, though it may also be found on other levels as well. As for Pink Diamonds, we have reports that they have been found on the 30th, 110th, and 190th levels of the mine, though they may also be found on other levels as well. We will report further on this subject as information becomes available. That's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. There have been rumors in some quarters of Cursed Tools. We have received word that another such item has been discovered at the Mine by the Lake. The item in question is a Cursed Watering Can, and it was found on the 69th level of the mine. We also have further information on unusual things that can be found by breaking rocks at the Mine by the Lake. This time, it is the Kappa Jewel, and it appears to have been found on the 120th level of the mine. We do not have any more details at this time, though we will let you know just as soon as we do. And that's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Lately, the rumor has been circulating that if you charge when using your hoe or hammer at the mines, you will find more items. This is an absolute lie, however, so do not waste your energies in this futile undertaking. Next, we have a report of Alexandrite having been found on the 210th level of the Mine of the Lake. If anyone else out there has news in this regard, please let us know. And that is all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Lately, a rumor has been spreading about the mines extending as far as 255 levels. While we are doing our best to find an answer to this claim, we have only been down as far as the 255th level a very few times, and while we cannot say for certain, we have not found a stairway down to the 255th level. It would not surprise us to learn that that was the lowest level after all. We also have additional information about the finding of the Kappa Jewel in the Mine by the Lake, this time on the 60th level. If you have any other such information, please let us know. And that's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Lately, we have heard rumors that it is possible to go to the Mine by the Lake in seasons other than Winter. The short answer is that it is indeed possible, and easy to do. All you have to do is ready a Teleport, and set the Mine by the Lake as your destination. While this may sound simple, actually acquiring a Teleport is considered quite difficult. I have used it myself to go to the Mine by the Lake in seasons other than Winter, and did not see any particular difference. I will report again on this subject as further information becomes available. That's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. First of all, word comes to us today of the discovery of the Goddess Jewel, on the 152nd level of the Mine of the Spring. We have another report of the Goddess Jewel being found in that Mine, this time on the 190th level. Next, we have word of a Cursed Sickle being found in the Mine by the Lake, on the 79th level. And that concludes today's report. Please let us know if you have any other information in this regard. And that's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. Lately, we have been hearing rumors that sowing seeds in mine land after it has been dug up will cause even seasonal plants to grow. This is completely untrue, however, so do not waste your seeds in this fruitless pursuit. Next, we have news of Pink Diamond being found, on the 90th level of the Mine of the Lake. And that concludes today's report. If you have any other information, please let us know. And that's all for this week." "Good day. My name is Karin, and I am a mine researcher. Today, I will tell you some of the facts and rumors that I have learned regarding mines. The other day, I apparently discovered something amazing. On the 222nd level of the Mine by the Spring, I found a Mythic Stone, an ore that I had never before found, when I was breaking rocks. As this was my first such discovery, I am not sure just how I found it. If any of you have any information about the Mythic Stone, or anything else, for that matter, please let us know. Thank you. And that's all for this week." #################################### c) Fairy and Me: His Story (famhiss) #################################### The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be. But this book is only visible to those pure of heart. This book is in the possession of a certain girl. This is the story of how a book brought two people together. "Fairy and Me: His Story" See it on this channel every Monday. Part 1 (Sound of panting) Why am I having to run from the police? I can't let myself get caught for something I didn't do. (Sound of siren) The police siren is getting closer. I'd better find somewhere to hide right away. There's a small house over there. Maybe I'll ask to hide there for the time being. But I'd hate for the owner to suspect me and turn me over to the police...I'd better see if someone's home first and worry about that later. KNOCK, KNOCK KNOCK, KNOCK, KNOCK Maybe no one's home. What am I going to do? As I was thinking what to do... (Sound of door being unlocked) ...the porch door opened and a girl appeared. "Hello, who are you?" The police are after me. A girl came out out of the house where I was hoping to hide. Part 2 "Hello, who are you?" Oh! Someone's home. What should I do? She may not even be willing to hide a stranger like me who suddenly barges in on hercI guess I won't know unless I ask. If she won't hide me, I'll try explaining my situation from the beginning. "Well...um, actually, I'd like to hide here for a while. Plea... Uh oh!" There's a policeman on the opposite side of the street! I quickly grabbed the girl, took her into the house and closed the porch door. The girl must have been startled to have been grabbed by me so suddenly... She dropped the book she was holding. "Sorry. I mustfve startled you. Here you go," I said as I picked up her book. The girl looked at me even more surprised but took the book from me right away and smiled. "Please come in." She beckoned me to come into the house. The girl who appeared from the house where I was hoping to hide wasn't alarmed by me and let me into the house... Part 3 "Please come in." She shouldn't really be letting a stranger into her house, even if I say so myself. ...Anyway, I'm grateful to her for letting me in. I'll gladly take her up on her offer. "Thank you." The girl took me to her room on the second floor. "Please wait while I go and make you a cup of tea," the girl said and put the book she she was holding on on the desk and left the room. Hmm... Wonder why this girl is letting me hide here? Surely she's not thinking of trapping me here while she calls the police. Anyway, I'll wait it out for the time being. If something suspicious happens, I'll make a move then. The girl took me to her room and then left again to make some tea. Part 4 The girl put the book she was holding on the desk and left the room. ...................... I feel uneasy though. No doubt partly because I'm running away from the police, but more because I'm in this girl's bedroom (a complete stranger at that). As my eyes were wandering around the room, I spotted a book on the desk. That's the book the the girl was carrying a little while ago. I was kind of curious about it, so I picked it up and took a look at it. Fairy and Me...? Seems like any other book, but there's something intriguing about it...But what? Just as I was thinking about it, the bedroom door opened. "Sorry for the wait." The girl walked in holding a tray in her left hand with a pot, two teacups, sugar and some cake. The girl took me to her room and then left again to make some tea. Part 5 I put the book I was holding back down in a panic and sat down again. "Oh, sorry. I shouldn't have been looking at your book," I said to the girl as she put the tray down on the desk. "That's okay," she said as she sat facing me and poured a cup of tea. "Um, how many sugars would you like?" "Uh, well..." As I was about to to answer when... KNOCK, KNOCK "Is anyone home?" "Who could it be this time? There sure seem to be a lot of visitors today. Excuse me," the girl said and left the room. Meanwhile, I helped myself to two sugars, and stirred them with a spoon. (Sound of door opening) "Hello, who is it?" "It's the police." What?! Just as I was about to drink the tea the girl brought, the police showed up. Part 6 What?! The police?! (Sound of cup hitting saucer) Darn!...I was so startled that I almost almost spilt my tea. Don't tell me the police have found out I'm here already?! What am I going to do? "Actually, some jewelry was stolen from the nearby department store yesterday and we're searching the area for the criminal. Have you seen this person?" the man asked in a typical policeman's voice. He must be showing her a photo or sketch, which means that they don't know I'm here yet. Good. But if the girl tells them I'm here... "Umm, no I haven't." Huh? She's keeping quiet about me? "I see. If you see someone who looks like this man, please contact the police." "Sure. I will. Thank you." (Sound of door closing) Looks like the girl didn't tell the cops I was here. I should be safe for the time being. Phew! Looks like the girl didn't tell the cops I was here. Part 7 Looks like I'm safe for the time being. (Sound of door opening) "Sorry for the interruption. Oh, aren't you drinking your tea? It'll get cold. Or don't you like tea?" The girl looked a little sad. Oh, I guess I was anxious about the police being here and forgot to drink my tea. "Oh no, I do like tea. Thanks." As I was about to take a sip, my stomach grumbled. No wonder...I haven't eaten since yesterday because of being on the run from the police. "Ha, ha, ha. You must be hungry. Um, it's a little early for dinner, but never mind. I'll make you something, so please wait a while." With that, the girl left the room. No sooner had she entered the room than she was gone again. That's one busy girl! I was hungry, so the girl left the room again to make me some dinner. Part 8 No sooner had she entered the room than she was gone again. That's one busy girl. (Mostly because of me, mind you.) Anyhow, she's going to the trouble of making me something, so I should just wait. Maybe I'll drink some tea while I'm waiting. I took a sip...Mmm, it was delicious. No doubt partly because my stomach was empty, but there was something else. I can't describe it but it gave me a warm feeling. It wasn't so much because the tea tea itself was warm... Anyway, it'll take the girl a while to make something. Wonder if it'd be okay to watch TV while I'm drink tea? I switched on the TV and flipped to the news thinking maybe there would be something about yesterday's theft. ...Hmm. Doesn't look like it. I wonder if there's anything on the other channels? I checked the other channels but there were no news programs on. I decided to watch TV while the girl was making dinner and switched on the TV that was in the room. Part 9 (Incidentally, I couldn't find the remote control, so I used the controls on the TV set itself.) Oh well. Guess I'll just leave it on the news program I was watching before... As I was about to sit down, I spotted the book on top of the desk. It was the book Fairy and Me that the girl put there a while ago. I'd been intrigued by it from the beginning. Maybe I'll just have a peek at it. I flipped open the cover. The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be. Whatever you wish for? If I was granted whatever you wished for just by reading this book, life would be easy...All the same, if I could have one wish granted I'd want my false charge to be dropped... I flipped through the pages as these thoughts went through my head. ...I'd been reading Fairy and Me for a while when I heard the girl. "Excuse me. Would you mind opening the door?" I was flipping through hFairy and Meh when the girl returned. Part 10 "Excuse me. Would you mind opening the door?" I heard the girl call from the door. I hurriedly closed the book and put it back where I'd found it, then opened the bedroom door. The girl was standing there holding a tray. There was a big pot and rice dish on the tray. There was also a kettle, a cup, a plate and a spoon. "Thank you." Ahh, it smelt good. "Is it curry?" "Yes it is," she replied as she placed the tray by the desk and served some curry and rice on the plate. "Here you go. I hope you like it..." She passed the plate to me. "Thank you." I chomped down a big mouthful. She served the curry and rice that she'd made for me. Part 11 "Thank you." I chomped down on a big mouthful. "Delicious!" Mmm, it really was delicious. I could probably polish all of it off (partly because I'm so hungry). "Really? I'm glad. There's lots left, so please don't be shy," she replied smiling as she served herself some food too. Well then, I won't hesitate to have some more I thought while wolfing down the rest of the food on my plate. When I finished eating all of the food on my plate, the girl asked smiling, "Would you like seconds?" It's so tasty I really feel like having a bit more, but maybe that'd be rude. ...But, she did offer so I guess it's okay. I'll take her up on her offer and have one more plateful. "Uh, yes please. Thanks a lot." The curry and rice the girl made was so delicious that I think I'll have seconds. Part 12 "Uh, yes please. Thanks a lot," I said holding out my empty plate. The girl took it, put some more curry and rice on it and passed it back to me. "Here you go." "Thanks." I took the food from the girl and started eating right away. Munch, munch, munch. It was just as tasty as the first plateful. ... "Phew, I'm stuffed. That was great." I'm full. I can't eat any more, no matter how delicious it is. I probably shouldn't have eaten so much. "You certainly ate a lot. You must have been starving!" The girl looked at the empty pot and rice dish. It was obvious from her face and tone of voice that she was amazed by how much I'd eaten. I was totally full after eating the curry and rice that the girl made. Part 13 The girl looked at the empty pot and rice dish. It was obvious from her face that she was amazed by how much I'd eaten. "I know I was hungry, but your cooking was so tasty that I couldn't help myself...Sorry. Looks like I ate your portion too..." "That's okay. I made the food for you in the first place, so don't worry. One plateful was enough for me," she said laughing. "It really was delicious though. You're a great cook." As I said that, the girl suddenly looked a little melancholy. Huh? Did I say something wrong? "...That's because I'm always alone. There's no one else to cook, so Ifve naturally become good at cooking and other chores." I was totally full after eating the curry and rice that the girl made. Part 14 Huh? Always alone? She lives in this house alone? What on earth happened to her parents? "My mother and I used to live here together, but she died in a car accident three years ago." "Oh, really? I'm sorry to hear that." I see. Her mother's dead. That's awful. But what about her father? "That's alright. It happened a long time ago. And my father works abroad. He's not interested in anything but work... When my mother died, he didn't even come back here. He's hasn't written or phoned once. But he sends me just enough money to live on every month so I guess he's still alive." Wow. She really does live alone in this house...But, then... Looks like this girl lives alone in this house. Wonder if she's okay with me being here? Part 15 This girl really does live alone in this house. "When your mother died, didn't you think about living with your father? Or if not your father, then at least with your relatives?" "Even if I went to live with my father, it'd be the same as now...I think I already told you that my father's only interested in work, so he always returns home very late. Even on his days off, he just stays home and sleeps. So even if I went to live with him, it wouldn't be any different than now. I'd be lying if I said I didn't feel lonely. My relatives are the kind of people that try to get close to me and pretend to be nice so they can get their hands on my father's fortune. I certainly don't want to be with them. I'd much rather live here alone than be with those kind of people." Get their hands on his fortune? Her father must be very wealthy...A girl like that shouldn't be on her own. Looks like this girl lives alone in this house. Wonder if she's okay with me being here? Part 16 What if some weirdo came to the house? (Well, in fact, an outsider might think that a suspicious character had gotten into her room.) "But you know what? I don't feel lonely right now," the girl said looking at me. "Huh?" Does she mean because I'm here? Would she rather be with a stranger than with her relatives? Why? After hearing a story like that (about her father being rich), someone like me could kidnap her and demand a ransom. "But we just met for the first time today. How do you know I didn't come here to get my hands on your money just like your relatives?" As I said that, news of the jewelry theft appeared on the TV, which had been on the whole time. Looks like the girl lives here alone. But she says she's not lonely because I'm here. Part 17 News of the jewelry theft appeared on the TV, which had been on the whole time. "Some jewelry was stolen at Gracies department store yesterday. Fortunately, it seems that the criminal was seen before leaving the store and no damage was done to the store. The criminal escaped and not yet been caught. People living near Gracies department store are asked to be careful. The criminal is approximately..." The girl was glued to the TV. She'll know that I'm the criminal right away by the description on the news. How will she react? "I see...Is that why you went to the trouble of coming to this house to ask to hide here?" What?! There's no denying I asked her to let me hide here but I spotted this house by chance. I wasn't targeting it. Why would she think that I came here on purpose? The incident that I was caught up in appeared on a news program. What will the girl think? Part 18 Why would she think that I was targeting this house? Well, anyway, before dealing with that, I'd better let her know that I didn't steal anything. (I don't know if she'll believe me. I mean, most people wouldn't.) "You probably won't believe me, but I didn't steal anything." "Uh-huh, I don't think you did it. I believe you." ...What?! She seems to have believed me very easily. A little too easily, if I say so myself. Most people would be suspicious. Wonder why she believe me right away? "Uh...do you really believe me?" "Yes. After all..." she began to say while holding out the book Fairy and Me. What's the book got to do with it? When I told the girl I hadn't done the robbery, she believed me without hesitation. Part 19 What's the book got to do with it? "I mean, after all, you're able to see this book, so..." Huh? What does that... I looked at her with astonishment. She smiled and flipped open the cover of the book she was holding. The following words appeared. ______________________ The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be. But, this book is only visible to those pure of heart. ______________________ The girl pointed to the last three lines. "When you came to this house, I was startled and dropped this book. You picked it up for me, which means that you are pure-hearted because you can see it. A pure-hearted person wouldn't steal anything." The reason the girl believed what I said was because of what was written in Fairy and Me. Part 20 "A pure-hearted person wouldn't steal anything." ...I get it. She trusts the book completely." "Do you think it's wise to believe someone so easily, or believe what's written in a book for that matter? I mean, admittedly you helped me thanks to that, but..." "Of course I didn't believe you only because of that. I think I'm a good judge of character too." At least she didn't decide based only on the book. Anyway, from my point of view, as long as she believes me it doesn't matter to me. But I'd like to know why on earth she thinks I came to this house on purpose. "You know, a little while ago you said I came here on purpose, like you didn't think it was a coincidence. Would you mind telling me what on earth you meant by that?" The girl didn't believe what I said only because of the words written in Fairy and Me. Part 21 "What? You mean you didn't come here because you knew who I was? ...Hmm, I see. Well then, I'll tell you the story from the beginning. As I told you just before, my father's a a workaholic. And he's pretty successful in business. In fact, he owns the department store where the incident you're involved in happened." Ahh, I see. This girl isn't just rich, her family owns that department store. It makes sense that she'd think I came here on purpose. If I can get her on my side, then I may be able to find out what happened at the department store yesterday... "So I thought maybe you found out where I lived and came here. But I was wrong... What a huge coincidence!" A huge coincidence indeed. And an opportunity. It'd be a waste to squander such a good opportunity. But where do I start? The girl is the daughter of the owner of the department store. Part 22 It'd be a waste to squander such a good opportunity. "Anyway, I'd like to do whatever I can to help. The stolen jewelry was in your bag right? Then let's find out how it got there." I'd be grateful for that, but how on earth would we find out something like that? I guess we'll have to ask around to the shop assistants... "How are we going to find out?" "I'll ask the store manager to show me the security camera tapes from yesterday. We'll see if there's anything suspicious on the tapes." I see. Good thinking! "Well, I'll call the store manager right away and ask for them to be delivered. Please wait a while," the girl said and left the room. The girl left to ask if she could borrow the security camera tape from the department store. Part 23 The girl left the room. ...Maybe this will prove my innocence and I won't have to keep running away. As I was thinking about this, the girl returned. "I called the store manager. It looks like he's going to have them sent over so we'll have to wait a while. Um, it'll probably be tough to just wait around. Why don't you read this book or something?" She passed me Fairy and Me which was lying on the desk. I wonder why? I mean, I'm definitely interested in the book, but there are plenty of other ways to kill time, like watching TV or something... "Why this book?" "You're interested in this book right? When you're talking to me I notice you glancing at the book now and then..." What? Do I really? Oh well, I guess I might as well kill the time by reading the book. The girl called the store manager and he said he'd get the tapes to her. Part 24 Oh well, I guess I might as well kill the time by reading the book. I nodded and took the book. As I began reading, the girl kept staring at me. "Um, why are you staring at me like that?" "Please just ignore me and keep reading." Ignore me, she says, but I can't ignore her the way she's staring at me and smiling! That doesn't seem to bother her though. Oh well, I'll just keep reading. Her gaze made me feel uneasy at first, but before long I was completely absorbed in the book. ...How long have I been reading? Before I knew it, it was dark and the stars were out. "Can I interrupt you for a second?" Huh! She startled me. She was sitting in the same place as before. Has she been watching me read the whole time? Jeez, that's kind of embarrassing! I decided to read Fairy and Me until the store manager came by with the tapes. Part 25 "Sure. What's up?" "Would you like to see the security camera tapes that the store manager dropped off a just before?" What? Has he already been by? I wish she'd told me sooner... But I was wrapped up in Fairy and Me so maybe she didn't want to interrupt me. Never mind. I'd like to see the tapes as soon as possible. "I imagine there must be a lot of video shot by the security cameras in a day at that department store. But for the time being, there's not a lot of point in looking at video shot outside the area I was in, right? I went in to the department store at about two ofclock yesterday, and went straight to the jewelry shop on the 4th floor. I looked around and bought a broach. As I was about to leave the shop, there was a strange noise - a security alarm maybe - and a shop assistant told me to stop." "I see. Let's take a look at the video shot around that time." While I was wrapped in reading Fairy and Me, the tapes arrived. Part 26 "I see. Let's take a look at the video shot around that time," the girl said standing up. What? Ah, I get it. We can't watch the tapes here so we're going somewhere else. It didn't look like there was anything to play the tapes on here, so I got up too and followed her. We went downstairs to the porch, where there was a cardboard box. ret>"This box contains all the security camera video shot at the department store yesterday. Let's find the tapes shot around the time you mentioned just before. It'd be too tiring to carry the whole thing," she said and opened the box. This looks like the tape shot between 2 and 3 PM in the jewelry shop. "Please bring it to this room over here." The girl went into a nearby room, so I followed her. "Here?" "Yes, this is the only room where we can watch it. Let's not waste any time." We started watching the security camera video right away. Part 27 "Well, let's look at the tape right away." We looked at the section of tape from when I entered the jewelry shop to when I left, but there was nothing suspicious from when the security alarm sounded to when I was told to stop by the shop assistant. (Of course, I wouldn't expect anything suspicious because I didn't do anything. But there were no signs of anyone approaching me or anything, so when on earth the jewelry was put in my bag I have no idea.) When I looked at the girl, she seemed to bet thinking something and was tapping her face with her finger while staring at the screen. "What's up? Is something bothering you?" "...Yes. From what Ifve seen so far, there's no evidence of anyone putting the the stolen jewelry in your bag. And of course, there's no sign of you stealing it either. But it's odd that the security alarm would go off. We're missing something..." The girl rewound the tape and was looking at the spot where the shop assistant told me to stop. Her words trailed off as she seemed to notice something. The girl seemed to notice something while looking at the security camera video. Part 28 "What's going on? Do you see something?" "Please hang on a second!" The girl rewound the tape again and looked at the same spot. "So that it explains it. Please have a look at this," she said rewinding the tape slightly and pointing at a shop assistant standing by by the exit. Ah! The shop assistant standing next to me stuck his hand out of the shop just as I was about to leave the store. It looked like he had something in his hand. ...So did the security alarm go off because of him instead of me? "That's right. This shop assistant had the jewelry in his hand from the start, and set the alarm off as you passed by. Then, he told you to stop and while he was pretending to search your bag, he slipped the jewelry into it. Look , right here!" No doubt about it! The assistant slipped whatever was in his hand into my bag. Whatever happened in store seemed to be because of the shop assistant. Part 29 No doubt about it! The assistant slipped whatever was in his hand into my bag. "You're right. But why?" "I have no idea... But it's too late to do anything today, so we'll find out tomorrow." It was already past midnight. Of course, the department store is already closed, so it'd be impossible to talk to the shop assistant now. And if I leave now I might get caught by the police before I even have a chance to speak to him. There's nothing to do but wait. "Let's leave it at that for the day. Please wait while I fill the tub for you so you can take a bath before going to bed." Before I could reply, the girl left the room. I hadn't taken a bath since being on the run yesterday, so I'd like to take one, but...Never mind. There's no point in thinking too much. I might as well do as I'm told. While I'm waiting I think I'll read Fairy and Me which I sneaked downstairs with me earlier. It was already past midnight when I noticed the time. We can continue tomorrow. Part 30 "The bath is ready. You can go first." "Oh, okay...But where's the bathroom?" She seemed to be calling from the bathroom, but I don't know the layout of the house, so I have no idea where it is. "I'll show you. Hang on a second," she said and returned to the room a few moments later. "Sorry. Please follow me." She beckoned me to follow her, so I put down the book I was reading and followed her. "This is the bathroom. I'll wash your clothes, so please put them in this basket. Oh, I forgot to get you a change of clothes. I'll be right back. In the meantime, please get in the bath. And if you need anything else, just ask." "Okay. Thanks." The girl prepared a bath for me, so I gratefully accepted. Part 31 "If you need anything else, just ask." I made sure that the girl was gone, then took off my clothes and got in the bath. SPLASH Ahh...This is great. As I was relaxing, the events of the past two days floated through my head... Being suspected of stealing jewelry, being chased by the police and ending up here by chance...And the huge coincidence of the girl living here being the daughter of the department store's owner...Thanks to her it looks like we'll be able to clear up any suspicion that I stole the jewelry. As these thoughts went through my mind I heard the girl calling from outside the bathroom. "Excuse me. I'll leave the change of clothes for you here. They're my father's, so, they may be a little...well, quite big." "That's okay. Thanks." As I washed myself and soaked in the tub, I recalled the events of the past two days. Part 32 "...Wow, these are huge!" When I got out of the bath and looked at the change of clothes that the girl had prepared, they were huge. Oh well. There's no point in making a fuss. My clothes are being washed right now anyway (I can hear the washing machine churning away) so there's nothing else to wear. Well, I guess I should let the girl know I'm finished. Wonder where she is? I'll see if she's in the parlor where we were before. Just as I was thinking that the girl came out of the parlor and spoke to me. "Oh, are you finished already? ...I guess the pajamas are too big eh? But that's all there is, so please make do with them for tonight. I prepared a futon for you in this room, so please sleep here tonight." "Wow, you even prepared a bed for me? Thanks." The pajamas the girl prepared for me were huge. Part 33 "Oh, you even prepared a bed for me. Thanks." "I wouldn't expect you to sleep on the floor... Well, I guess it's my turn to take a bath." The girl headed to the bathroom. I was thinking about reading Fairy and Me when the girl suddenly came back. "Huh? What's wrong?" "Please don't peep at me okay?" "..................." I thought she trusted me! Does she really think I'd peep at her? "I'm just kidding. A nice guy like you wouldn't do that, right? Well, I'm really going this time." "...I won't. Don't worry." "Okay." Was she really kidding? Or was she making sure I wouldn't peep at her? Oh well. Whatever. I think I'll get back to reading Fairy and Me again... Before taking a bath the girl came back to warn me not to peep at her. Part 34 Well, I think I'll get back to reading Fairy and Me again. ... (Sound of book closing) Phew. Finished! I finally finished the book... "Um, have you finished the book?" Huh! The girl startled me. I didn't even notice that she had finished taking a bath. But I guess it mustfve taken me a while to finish reading Fairy and Me, so there's no reason to be surprised. "Sorry. I didn't mean to startle you...Did you finish reading the book?" I nodded. "How was it? Was it interesting?" I nodded again. "So...What's your wish?" "Of course, I'd like everyone to know that I didn't steal anything." I finished reading Fairy and Me while the girl was taking a bath. Part 35 "Of course, I'd like everyone to know that I didn't steal anything." "That's good. I'm sure your wish will come true tomorrow." I nodded again. The girl looked kind of lonely...Wonder why? Maybe I should try talking about something else. "By the way, did you read the book to the end too? Do you have a wish?" "Yes. Before I tell you...uh...can I ask you something?" she asked with a very serious face. If I can answer her she can ask as many questions as she wants. "Go ahead." "The broach you bought at the jewelry shop yesterday was a present for a girl wasn't it? Who was it for?" Come to think of it, I told the girl about being suspected for stealing, but I didn't say explain why I went to the store in the first place... "Of course, my wish is for everyone to know that I didn't steal anything." Part 36 Come to think of it, I didn't explain to the girl why I went to store in the first place... "Oh, for my sister. Her birthday's coming up soon. She gets upset if I don't buy her something every year and if I don't get something she likes, she gets in a bad mood...So this this year we went to the store together beforehand so she could choose something she liked. That way I know there won't be a problem." Then this happened. "Then, it's not a present for your girlfriend?" "Unfortunately, I don't have a girlfriend," I said and the girl look relieved. "My wish is... to have a boyfriend... A boyfriend with a pure heart. ...Um, you mean you'd like me to become your boyfriend, right? Of course, my answer is... The End Fairy and Me: Epilog The shop assistant owned up completely to what he did. Actually, that guy came to the store with his sister a while ago (he was letting her choose an accessory for herself). Seems that that the shop assistant was mesmerized by her and thought the guy was her boyfriend. To be honest, he was totally jealous... So when the assistant saw the guy come to the store again, he put the jewelry in his bag in spite of himself. When the shop assistant heard that the girl he was obsessed with was the guy's sister, he was totally surprised. In the end, the shop assistant apologized to the guy. I'm not sure whether the guy forgave him or not but it doesn't really matter because the girl told the shop assistant that she already had a boyfriend... Anyway, I wonder why she didn't ask her boyfriend to buy her a present instead of her brother... Finished #################################### d) Fairy and Me: Her Story (famhers) #################################### Fairy and Me: The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be. But, this book is only visible to those pure of heart. This book is now in the possession of a certain girl. This is the story of how a book brought two people together. "Fairy and Me: Her Story" See it on this channel every Tuesday. Part 1 (Sound of book closing) Phew. I finally finished it. "The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be." Hmm...If I could be granted one wish, I'd want a boyfriend. A boyfriend with a pure heart Someone who can see this book Fairy and Me. No way! Life would be easy if all I had to do was read this book. (Sound of police siren) Huh? Sounds like a police car. I wonder what happened? Never mind. I think I'll have a cup of tea. I left my room and was about to go downstairs when... KNOCK, KNOCK Wonder who that is? Sounds urgent. Maybe I should go right away. I ran downstairs and opened the porch door. (Sound of door opening) "Hello, who are you?" I finally finished reading Fairy and Me. I think I'll have a cup of tea. Part 2 "Hello, who are you?" Hmm...I haven't seen him around before. He isn't carrying anything, so I don't think he's a salesman... What's he doing here? "Well...um...actually, I'd like to hide here for a while. Plea... Uh oh!" Oh my god! He must have seen something because he suddenly grabbed me and forced me into the house, then shut the door. I was so startled that I dropped the book I was holding. "Sorry. I mustfve startled you. Here you go." The guy picked up the book I dropped and handed it to me. He can see the book! That must mean he has a pure heart... No, that's silly. Anybody can see it. There's no such thing as a book that can only be seen by pure-hearted people. heart. Well anyway, he doesn't look like a bad person, so it should be alright to let him hide here. I have no idea who's after him thoughc "Please come in." I beckoned him to come into the house. The guy who barged in on me could see Fairy and Me... Part 3 "Please come in." I'm usually too shy to talk to guys, especially for the first time, but the words came easily with this guy. Maybe it's the power of Fairy and Me. Just kidding. It's because I can't ignore someone in trouble. But why did he come here? Maybe he's desperate for money. If he knows about my family, then maybe he thinks there's some money here. Actually, there have been a lot of break-ins here and people who have tried to kidnap me...If he's that kind of person, I'll kick him out right away at the first sign of trouble. He hesitated for a moment, then said "Thank you." I didn't want him to do any damage to the main floor of the house, so I took him upstairs to my room. "Please wait while I go and make you a cup of tea." I decided to leave the guy alone in my room to see if he does anything suspicious. I took the guy to my room and then left again to make some tea... Part 4 That reminds me. I was going to have some tea myself before this guy came. I went to the kitchen. I think there's plenty of tea. ...Yeah, there is. I'll boil some water. Umm...do I even have an extra cup? I hardly ever have visitors, so I don't have many dishes... Ah, here's one. Good. And here's a spoon. Now, all I need is some sugar and maybe some sort of cake. Oh, this'll do. While I was getting everything ready, the kettle began whistling away. I turned the stove off, poured some water in a pot and put the lid on. Is that everything? Okay, I'll take it all upstairs. I went upstairs carrying a tray with the tea and whatnot in one hand, and opened the bedroom door with the other. "Sorry to keep you waiting." Oh. Looks like he guy was about to pick up Fairy and Me. Hmm, wonder if he's touched anything else. Doesn't look like it. Maybe he didn't come here to steal money. Or maybe he thinks there's nothing in my room. It's impossible to tell at the moment. I came back from the kitchen after making some tea. Part 5 The guy hurriedly put the book he was holding back down on the desk and sat down again. "Oh, sorry. I shouldn't have been looking at your book," he apologized. If I didn't want him to see it, I wouldn't have left it lying on the desk, so it's no big deal. Or maybe he's trying to put me off my guard. "That's okay," I said as I put the tray down on the desk and sat in front of the guy and poured some tea. "Um, how many sugars would you like?" "Uh, well..." The guy was about to answer when... KNOCK, KNOCK "Is anyone home?" "Who could it be this time? There sure seem to be a lot of visitors today. Excuse me." Who could it be? Maybe the guy's thinking this is his chance to make a move. Or maybe it's his friend. Anyway, I'd better get back to the room right away. "Hello, who is it?" "It's the police." When I opened the porch, a policeman was standing there. Just as I was about to take a sip of tea, the police showed up. Part 6 "It's the police." I guess it's not the guy's friend after all. But given the timing, I wonder if it's got something to do with him? "Actually, some jewelry was stolen from the nearby department store yesterday and we're searching the area for the criminal. Have you seen this person?" It was a sketch of the guy. I see. That's why the guy said he wanted to hide here. Maybe he wants to prove he's innocent. Hmm, maybe I should keep quiet about him being here. "Umm, no I haven't." "I see. If you see someone who looks like this man, please contact the police." "Sure. I will. Thank you." (Sound of door closing) The policeman seemed to believe me and left. The police wouldn't normally expect me to be hiding someone here. I'd better go talk to the guy at once and find out what's going on. The policeman believed what I said and left. Part 7 I'd better go talk to the guy at once and find out what's going on. He probably heard what the policeman said, so I hope he doesn't do anything anything foolish... (Sound of door opening) "Sorry for the interruption. Oh, aren't you drinking your tea? It'll get cold. Or don't you like tea?" He was probably anxious about my chat with the policeman and couldn't drink his tea. "Oh no, I do like tea. Thanks." As he was about to take a sip, his stomach grumbled. Maybe he hasn't eaten anything since being on the run from the police. Alright then, I'll make him something nice to eat. "Ha, ha, ha. You must be hungry. Um, it's a little early for dinner, but never mind. I'll make you something, so please wait a while." The guy was hungry, so I decided to cook something for him. Part 8 "Please wait a while. I left him alone in the bedroom and went downstairs to the kitchen again...I have no idea what to make him. Oh well, I'll just look in the fridge and think about what to make. (Sound of fridge opening.) Is there anything in here I can use...? I'm pretty sure there was some curry stock in here somewhere. Hmm, maybe curry and rice would be good. What else do I have? Salad, apples, honey, pineapple, cheese, potatoes, carrots... Umm, looks like there's enough here to make a tasty curry. Alright then. Curry it is! First I need to cut the ingredients into good-sized pieces and put them in a pot and boil them. That's good! I'll just leave them for a while until they're ready. Oh, that's right. Wonder if I have enough dishes? (Sound of looking for something). Oh good. There's enough for the two of us. I'm cooking curry and rice for the guy because he's hungry. Part 9 Well, it'll be a while before the curry's ready. What should I do in the meantime? I wonder what the guy's doing? Anyway, he doesn't seem like the kind of person who'd wreck my room, so I don't need to worry about him in that regard. He seemed pretty interested in Fairy and Me, so he can always kill time by reading it. When I first brought the tea to him, he was taking a peek at the contents, but as soon as I entered the room, he apologized for reading the book without asking...While these thoughts ran through my head, the curry began bubbling away. Wonder if it's ready? I'll give it a little try. (Sip) Mmm... Delicious. Um, looks like the rice is ready too. Well, I'll take this up to my room right away then...Looks like I made too much. The tray is super heavy. Looks like I'll have to use both hands. Oh, I can't open the bedroom door. "Excuse me. Would you mind opening the door?" I made so much curry and rice that I had to carry it with both hands. Part 10 "Excuse me. Would you mind opening the door?" When I called the guy from the other side of the door, he opened it right away. The position of Fairy and I had changed slightly and the TV was on. Other than that, everything else looked the same. Maybe he decided to read Fairy and Me because there was nothing on TV. (Or maybe the other way around.) Anyhow, it doesn't look like he did anything bad while he was waiting. Oh yeah. I forgot to thank him for opening the door for me. "Thank you." He didn't seem to hear me, and was smelling the aroma drifting from the pot. "Is it curry?" "Yes it is," I replied as I placed the tray by the desk and served some curry and rice on the plate. "Here you go. I hope you like it..." I passed the pate to the guy. "Thank you." He took the plate and had a big mouthful. It looked like the guy had been reading Fairy and Me while I was cooking. Part 11 "Thank you ." He took the plate and had a big mouthful. "Delicious!" It really looks like he's enjoying it. (At this rate, it looks like he'll finish it all (mostly because he's famished I guess). "Really? I'm glad. There's lots left, so please don't be shy." I'm a little hungry too, so I think I'll have some myself... Wow! He's already finished a plateful! He must have been really hungry. I made tons so I was hoping he'd eat a lot. "Would you like seconds?" I asked. He seemed a little hesitant. Is he just being polite or doesn't he like it very much? "Uh, yes please. Thanks a lot." He held out his empty plate with an embarrassed look. Ah, he was just being polite after all. The guy finished off a plateful of food in no time, so I offered him seconds. Part 12 He held out his empty plate with an embarrassed look. So, he was just being polite after all. I took his plate and served some curry and rice and passed it back to him. "Here you go." "Thanks." The guy took the food from me and started munching on it right away. He really does seem to like it. ... "Phew, I'm stuffed. That was great," he said while patting his stomach. "You certainly ate a lot. You must have been starving!" I looked at the empty pot and rice dish. I couldn't hide my amazement. Anyway, it was worth making it because he ate such a lot. It's much better than having leftovers. The guy was full after eating a couple of platefuls of the curry I cooked him. Part 13 It was worth making it because he ate such a lot. It's much better than having leftovers. "I know I was hungry, but your cooking was so tasty that I couldn't help myself...Sorry. Looks like I ate your portion too..." he said apologetically. "That's okay. I made the food for you in the first place, so don't worry. One plateful was enough for me," I reassured him. I wasn't that hungry and even if I was, one plateful was enough anyway. "It really was delicious though. You're a great cook." "...That's because I'm always alone. There's no one else to cook, so Ifve naturally become good at cooking and other chores." After I said that, the guy looked like he regretted what he said, but it was no big deal. The guy was full after eating a couple of platefuls of the curry I cooked him. Part 14 I guess I looked unhappy to hear what he said...I guess my loneliness shows. after all. The guy looks like he's going to ask why I'm alone, so I might as well tell him. "My mother and I used to live here together, but she died in a car accident three years ago." "Oh, really? I'm sorry to hear that." His expression changed from regret to confusion. He's probably going to ask what happened to my father... "That's alright. It happened a long time ago. And my father works abroad. He's not interested in anything but work... When my mother died, he didn't even come back here. He's hasn't written or phoned once. But he sends me just enough money to live on every month so I guess he's still alive." Whenever I talk about my father, I can't help saying harsh things about him. I told him about living alone in this house. Part 15 Whenever I talk about my father, I can't help saying harsh things about him. "When your mother died, didn't you think about living with your father? Or with your father? Or if not your father, then at least with your relatives?" Huh? If he came here because he knows a bit about my family, I wouldfve expected him to know at least that...Oh well. Never mind. "Even if I went to live with my father, it'd be the same as now...I think I already told you that my father's only interested in work, so he always returns home very late. Even on his days off, he just stays home and sleeps. So even if I went to live with him, it wouldn't be any different than now. I'd be lying if I said I didn't feel lonely. My relatives are the kind of people that try to get close to me and pretend to be nice so they can get their hands on my father's fortune. I certainly don't want to be with them. I'd much rather live here alone than be with those kind of people." I told him about living alone in this house. Part 16 "But you know what? I don't feel lonely right now," I said looking at him. He hasn't been specially kind to me, nor has he harmed me.... He may have stolen the jewelry for all I know, but I feel more at ease with this stranger than with my own relatives. It sounds absurd even to me. But that's honestly how I feel. "Huh?" The guy looked at me with surprise. I'm surprised myself, so I can only imagine how weird that must sound to him. "But we just met for the first time today. How do you know I didn't come here to get my hands on your money just like your relatives?" The way he said that convinced me that he was not a bad person. At that moment, news of the jewelry theft came on TV, which had been on the whole time. I don't feel lonely at the moment because this guy's here. Part 17 News of the jewelry theft appeared on the TV, which had been on the whole time. "Some jewelry was stolen at Gracies department store yesterday. Fortunately, it seems that the criminal was seen before leaving the store and no damage was done to the store. The criminal escaped and not yet been caught. People living near Gracies department store are asked to be careful. The criminal is approximately..." Hmm, this news story seems to be talking about this guy. From what Ifve seen on TV so far, he hasn't told me the real reason he's here. "I see...Is that why you went to the trouble of coming to this house to ask to hide here?" If you didn't do anything wrong, then I'll help you prove it. Why don't you try telling me the reason you came here... ...But the guy just had a blank look on his face. What's wrong? What a strange reaction. The incident that the guy was caught up in appeared on a news program. Part 18 The guy looks like he's about to say something. Come on, say it. I'm listening. "You probably won't believe me, but I didn't steal anything." "Uh-huh, I don't think you did it. I believe you." He looked amazed that I believed him so easily. I guess that's to be expected. But I do believe him. "Uh...do you really believe me?" "Yes. After all..." I began to say while holding out the book Fairy and Me. He doesn't seem to have a clue what I mean. Looks like I'll have to explain to him about how he must be pure-hearted because he was able to see Fairy and Me when we first met. Just kidding. Actually, I can tell he's not a bad person because of the time wefve spent together. The guy seems surprised that I believe he didn't steal anything. Part 19 He's looked at me and the book as if to say, "What has the book got to do with it?" "I mean, after all, you're able to see this book, so..." Hmm, he still doesn't get it judging by the look of astonishment. Oh well. (Giggles) I'll have to explain it to him properly. I flipped open the cover and pointed to the first page. The following words appeared. ______________________ The person who reads this book to the end shall be granted one wish, whatever it may be. But, this book is only visible to those pure of heart. ______________________ "When you came to this house, I was startled and dropped this book. You picked it up for me, which means that you are pure-hearted because you can see it. A pure-hearted person wouldn't steal anything." I believed what the guy said because of what was written in Fairy and Me...Just kidding. Part 20 "A pure-hearted person wouldn't steal anything," I said pointing at the last three lines of the first page. Of course I don't believe what's written in the book. I just don't know how to explain it, so it's easier to explain it this way... "Do you think it's wise to believe someone so easily, or believe what's written in a book for that matter? I mean, admittedly you helped me thanks to that, but..." "Of course I didn't believe you only because of that. I think I'm a good judge of character too." I can't explain it any better than this, so give up. Ask me something else if you want. "You know, a little while ago you said I came here on purpose, like you didn't think it was a coincidence. Would you mind telling me what on earth you meant by that?" ...Did this guy really come here without knowing anything about me? I didn't believe what the guy said only because of what was written in Fairy and I. Part 21 ...Did this guy really come here without knowing anything about me? Well then, I guess I'll have to explain things properly. "What? You mean you didn't come here because you knew who I was? ...Hmm, I see. Well then, I'll tell you the story from the beginning. As I told you just before, my father's a a workaholic. And he's pretty successful in business. In fact, he owns the department store where the incident you're involved in happened." The guy nodded as if he believed me. "So I thought maybe you found out where I lived and came here. But I was wrong... What a huge coincidence!" He nodded again in agreement. But if he really did come here by chance without knowing, maybe the power of Fairy and Me is really working... No, thatf silly! But I can't dismiss it entirely as a mere coincidence... The guy really didn't know anything. Is it really a coincidence that he came here though? Or... Part 22 "Anyway, I'd like to do whatever I can to help. The stolen jewelry was in your bag right? Then let's find out how it got there." Chances are that something was caught on tape by the security cameras in the jewelry shop when the guy was there yesterday, so if we can take a look at them maybe we can clear everything up. "How are we going to find out?" "I'll ask the store manager to show me the security camera tapes from yesterday. We'll see if there's anything suspicious on the tapes." I hope the video from yesterday is still around. "Well, I'll call the store manager right away and ask for them to be delivered. Please wait a while." I left the room right away and called the jewelry shop. "Hello, it's me. I was wondering if I could have a look at the security camera tapes from yesterday?" I decided to ask if I could see the store's security camera tapes. Part 23 "Hello, it's me. I was wondering if I could have a look at the security camera tapes from yesterday?" ...Yes, all of them. As soon as possible... Yes, please. Thanks." Click ...Good. All we have to do now is wait for the tapes to arrive. I'll let the guy know right away. When I returned to my bedroom, the guy was waiting in the same place as when I left. He seems really anxious. "I called the store manager. It looks like he's going to have them sent over so we'll have to wait a while. Um, it'll probably be tough to just wait around. Why don't you read this book or something?" I passed him Fairy and Me which was lying on the desk. "Why this book?" "You're interested in this book right? When you're talking to me I notice you glancing at the book now and then..." I'm just kidding. I thought that if he watched TV, he might feel uncomfortable if news of the theft came on... I called the store manager and he said he said he'd have the tapes sent over. Part 24 The guy nodded and took the book Fairy and Me. I stared at him closely as he began reading. "Um, why are you staring at me like that?" "Please just ignore me and keep reading," I teased him. I guess I'm distracting him. He'll be fine once he gets into the book. Then he'll lose track of time till the tapes arrive. In no time at all, he seemed completely completely wrapped up in Fairy and Me. ...I wonder how much time has passed? The sun just went down. PING, PONG Ah. The tapes are finally here. I went to the porch and opened the door. "Hello. Oh, you brought them personally? Thank you very much. Okay, good night. The store manager left right away, and I went to tell the guy the tapes had arrived. I returned to my room and said to him, "Can I interrupt you for a second?" The store manager dropped off the tapes personally. I'd better let the guy know right away. Part 25 "Can I interrupt you for a second?" He seemed startled by my sudden appearance. "Sure. What's up?" "Would you like to see the security camera tapes that the store manager dropped off a just before?" As soon as I said that, he seemed eager to see them. "I imagine there must be a lot of video shot by the security cameras in a day at that department store. But for the time being, there's not a lot of point in looking at video shot outside the area I was in, right? I went in to the department store at about two ofclock yesterday, and went straight to the jewelry shop on the 4th floor. I looked around and bought a broach. As I was about to leave the shop, there was a strange noise - a security alarm maybe - and a shop assistant told me to stop." "I see. Let's take a look at the video shot around that time." I nodded in agreement. and stood up. When I told the guy that the tapes had arrived, he seemed eager to see them right away. Part 26 I nodded in agreement with what he said and stood up. He didn't seem to know why I had stood up at first. But he looked around the room and seemed to figure out that we couldn't watch the tapes here, so he stood up and followed me. We left the room and went to the cardboard box in the porch. "This box contains all the security camera video shot at the department store yesterday. Let's find the tapes shot around the time you mentioned just before. It'd be too tiring to carry the whole thing," I said and opened the box. The guy pulled out a tape with the time he'd he'd mentioned written on it. "Please bring it to this room over here." I showed him to a room where we could watch the tape. "Here?" "Yes, this is the only room where we can watch it. Let's not waste any time." We started watching the security camera video right away. Part 27 "Well, let's look at the tape right away." We looked at the section of tape from when the guy entered the jewelry shop to when he left, but no one came near him from when the security alarm went off to when he was told to stop by the shop assistant. How could that be? The security alarm shouldn't have gone off unless somebody put the stolen item in his bag at some point. There must be something here, but what? Anyway, I'll rewind the tape and have another look at the spot where the guy was told to stop by the shop assistant. "What's up? Is something bothering you?" "...Yes. From what Ifve seen so far, there's no evidence of anyone putting the the stolen jewelry in your bag. And of course, there's no sign of you stealing it either. But it's odd that the security alarm would go off. We're missing something..." What's this? It looks like the shop assistant is up to something. Hmm, but he's a little ways away from the guy... The shop assistant made a slight movement at the exit but I'm not sure if it's of any significance. Hmm, but no one else is doing anything except that shop assistant... Oh, I wonder if... I noticed something while watching the security camera video. Part 28 "What's going on? Do you see something?" "Please hang on a second!" I rewound the tape again and looked at the same spot. No doubt about it. The shop assistant poked his hand out of the store just as the guy was leaving. Looks like the assistant has something in his hand... "So that it explains it. Please have a look at this," I said pointing at the shop assistant standing at the exit and rewound the tape a little. The guy seemed to see the same thing. "That's right. This shop assistant had the jewelry in his hand from the start, and set the alarm off as you passed by. Then, he told you to stop and while he was pretending to search your bag, he slipped the jewelry into it. Look , right here!" There's no doubt that the security alarm was set off by the shop assistant. The shop assistant slipped whatever he was holding in the guy's bag while pretending to search it... Whatever happened in store seemed to be because of the shop assistant. Part 29 The shop assistant slipped whatever was in his hand into the guy's bag. gYou're right. But why?h gI have no idea... But it's too late to do anything today, so we'll find out tomorrow.h It was already past midnight. Of course, the department store is already closed, so there's no way we'll be able to talk to the shop assistant. Anyway, we know that it was the shop assistant who did something and not the guy, so there's no need to rush. We might as well wind down for the night. gLet's leave it at that for the day. Please wait while I fill the tub for you so you can take a bath before going to bed.h Before the guy could reply, I left the room and went to the bathroom and started filling the tub. If I send the guy home right now, the police might find him, so it's better if he stays here tonight. But I wonder if he'll agree? It was already past midnight when I noticed the time. We can continue tomorrow. Part 30 "The bath is ready. You can go first." "Oh, okay...But where's the bathroom?" Oh, that's right. I guess I never told him where the bathroom was in the first place. "I'll show you. Hang on a second." I walked back to the room where the guy was. "Sorry. Please follow me." Oh, he was reading Fairy and Me. Looks like he'll finish reading it today (mind you, it's already past midnight). Well, I'll show him to the bathroom. "This is the bathroom. I'll wash your clothes, so please put them in this basket. Oh, I forgot to get you a change of clothes. I'll be right back. In the meantime, please get in the bath. And if you need anything else, just ask." "Okay. Thanks." I showed the guy to the bathroom, and he's going to take a bath. Part 31 "If you need anything else, just ask." The guy took his clothes off when I left the bathroom. I'd better prepare him a change of clothes. But mine are too small (besides, he might not be too happy wearing girl's clothes). I guess he'll have to wear father's. But those will be way too big...Oh well. I guess that's better than too small. ...I hunted through my father's drawers and found some pajamas. Hmm, they really are huge...I'll leave them outside the bathroom anyway. "Excuse me. I'll leave the change of clothes for you here. They're my father's, so, they may be a little...well, quite big." "That's okay. Thanks." Really? They're huge. Never mind. I'll put his clothes in the washing machine and add detergent and water. Five minutes should do it. (Sound of washing machine churning away) Good! Now. I guess I'll get a futon ready for him. The change of clothes look pretty big on the guy, but he doesn't seem to mind. Part 32 I wonder if he'd mind using father's futon? Maybe I should carry his futon to the parlor and lay it out there. (If he's going to use father's futon he probably wouldn't mind sleeping in father's room but...) Anyway, I'll put the futon here. That should do it. SPLASH Oh, sounds like the guy's finished his bath. I'll tell him to come here in a minute. ...Wonder if he's finished changing? The guy was coming out of the bathroom just as I came out of the parlor. "Oh, are you finished already? ...I guess the pajamas are too big eh? But that's all there is, so please make do with them for tonight. I prepared a futon for you in this room, so please sleep here tonight." "Wow, you even prepared a bed for me? Thanks." The pajamas I prepared for the guy were huge. Part 33 "Oh, you even prepared a bed for me. Thanks." "I wouldn't expect you to sleep on the floor... Well, I guess it's my turn to take a bath," I said and went to the bathroom. ...Oh yeah. I better warn the guy not to peep at me. Just kidding. I'll just tease him a bit. When I returned to the parlor, the guy was about to read Fairy and Me. "Huh? What's wrong?" "Please don't peep at me okay?" "..................." He seems to be at a loss for words. Maybe I shouldn't give him such a hard time. "I'm just kidding. A nice guy like you wouldn't do that, right? Well, I'm really going this time." "...I won't. Don't worry." "Okay," I said and really went to take a bath this time. Before taking a bath I warned the guy not to peep at me and he seemed at a loss for words. Part 34 SPLASH Ahh, that was nice. I dried myself and got changed. Finished. Now then, I might as well see how the guy's getting on. Wonder how far he's got reading Fairy and I? ...I went back to the parlor, but he was so wrapped up in the book that he didn't notice me standing behind him at all. (Sound of book closing) He closed the book, so I guess he's finished it. "Um, have you finished the book?" The guy turned around with a startled look. "Sorry. I didn't mean to startle you...Did you finish reading the book?" He nodded. Okay. Next question. "How was it? Was it interesting?" He nodded again. Okay. Next question. I know what the answer'll be though. "So...What's your wish?" "Of course, I'd like everyone to know that I didn't steal anything." The guy finished reading Fairy and Me while I was taking a bath. Part 35 "Of course, I'd like everyone to know that I didn't steal anything." "That's good. I'm sure your wish will come true tomorrow." I thought he'd say that. He deserves that but that means we won't be together after today. (Mind you, we only spent today together). I'll go back to being alone tomorrow. Too bad. Hmm...Maybe the guy will stay with me forever. Oh, but... "By the way, did you read the book to the end too? Do you have a wish?" "Yes. Before I tell you...uh...can I ask you something?" If he went to the jewelry store to buy a present for his girlfriend then there's no point in telling him my wish. I'll ask him if he has a girlfriend. "Go ahead." "The broach you bought at the jewelry shop yesterday was a present for a girl wasn't it? Who was it for?" "They guy's wish is for everyone to know know that he didn't steal anything. My wish..." ... Part 36 "Oh, for my sister. Her birthday's coming up soon. She gets upset if I don't buy her something every year and if I don't get something she likes, she gets in a bad mood...So this this year we went to the store together beforehand so she could choose something she liked. That way I know there won't be a problem." His sister? Feels like a new character suddenly appearing on the scene. "Then, it's not a present for your girlfriend?" "Unfortunately, I don't have a girlfriend." What? Then that means I have a chance. Good! I'll tell him my wish. "My wish is... to have a boyfriend... A boyfriend with a pure heart. ...Somehow it didn't come out straight but I think he understood. He thought about it for a second and nodded. Great! I'm no longer alone! The End Epilog The shop assistant owned up completely to what he did. Actually, that guy came to the store with his sister a while ago (he was letting her choose an accessory for herself). Seems that that the shop assistant was mesmerized by her and thought the guy was her boyfriend. To be honest, he was totally jealous... So when the assistant saw the guy come to the store again, he put the jewelry in his bag in spite of himself. When the shop assistant heard that the girl he was obsessed with was the guy's sister, he was totally surprised. In the end, the shop assistant apologized to the guy. I'm not sure whether the guy forgave him or not but it doesn't really matter because the girl told the shop assistant that she already had a boyfriend... Anyway, I wonder why she didn't ask her boyfriend to buy her a present instead of her brother... Finished ################################### e) Mineral Town Friends! (mintofri) ################################### Today we'll introduce someone new. *His name is Rick. His birthday is the 27th of Summer. He lives at the Poultry Farm. His family is: *his sister Popuri, *his mother Lillia, *and his dad Rod. *He loves his sister very much, and is quite protective of her. He also has a fierce temper. *Next time we'll introduce Popuri. *Mineral Town Friends! Today we'll introduce someone new. *This is Popuri. Her birthday is the 10th of Summer. She lives at the Poultry Farm. Her family is: *Her name is Popuri. Her birthday is the 3rd of Summer. She lives at the Poultry Farm. Her family is: *her brother Rick, *her mother Lillia, *and her dad Rod. *She is still childish, and can be moody too. Her dream is to go live in a big city, and she hates it when Rick babies her. *Next time we'll introduce Lillia. *Her name is Lillia. Her birthday is the 27th of Fall. She runs the Poultry Farm. Her family is: *her daughter Popuri, *her son Rick, *and her husband Rod. *When Lillia took sick long ago, Rod went off to find medicine to heal her. She's cheerful and easygoing. *Next time we'll introduce Cliff. *His name is Cliff. His birthday is the 6th of Summer. He likes to hang out at the Church so much you'd think he lives there. He left his family before arriving in Mineral Town. *At first he spent all his time in confessional, but now he's beginning to make more friends. *Next time we'll introduce Zack. *His name is Zack. His birthday is the 29th of Summer. He owns a house in Mineral Beach. There's someone else staying there too... *The wandering salesman Won stays there as well. *He comes and picks up things from your Shipment box everyday (except holidays). He also delivers what you buy on the TV Shopping Network. *Next time we'll introduce the Doctor. *This is the Doctor. His birthday is the 17th of Fall. He runs the Mineral Clinic. At the Clinic, *Elli works as a nurse-in-training. *He seems cool and aloof, but is passionate about his patients. He's tempted to go study medicine in the city, but doesn't want to leave them behind. *Next time we'll introduce Staid. *His name is Staid. His birthday is the 15th of Spring. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *Nappy *Bold *Chef *Aqua *Hoggy *Timid *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Staid likes work the most out of all of them. *Next time we'll introduce Nappy. *His name is Nappy. His birthday is the 22nd of Winter. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *Staid *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Nappy is the most happy and cheerful of the bunch. *Next time we'll introduce Bold. *His name is Bold. His birthday is the 4th of Spring. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *Staid *Nappy *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Bold is the most self- confident of them all. *Next time we'll introduce Chef. *His name is Chef. His birthday is the 14th of Fall. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Chef is the most conscientious of them all. *Next time we'll introduce Aqua. *His name is Aqua. His birthday is the 26th of Spring. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *Nappy *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Of all of them, Aqua is the most stylish and fashion- conscious. *Next time we'll introduce Hoggy. *His name is Hoggy. His birthday is the 10th of Fall. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Hoggy enjoys eating more than any of his brothers. *Next time we'll introduce Timid. *His name is Timid. His birthday is the 16th of Summer. He's a Harvest Sprite who lives behind the Church. With him live: *The 7 brothers (?) live here together. Timid is the most, well, timid out of all of them. *Next time we'll introduce the Harvest Goddess. *This is the Harvest Goddess. Her birthday is the 9th of Spring. She lives (?) in the spring on Mother's Hill. She'll appear if you throw an offering into her spring. *This is the Harvest Goddess. Her birthday is the 8th of Spring. She lives (?) in the spring on Mother's Hill. She'll appear if you throw an offering into her spring. *She's in charge of communications, and hates having to appear whenever someone throws an offering into her spring. *Next time we'll introduce the Gourmet. *This is the Gourmet. His birthday is...unknown. He's the judge of the Cooking Festival. *More than anything else, he loves to eat. He knows everything about food. *Next time we'll introduce Ellen. *This is Ellen. Her birthday is the 13th of Winter. She lives in a house on the north side of Mineral Town. Her family is: *her granddaughter Elli *and her grandson Stu. *She can't walk very well because of sickness. She used to be a midwife. She worries about Elli. *Next time we'll introduce Elli. *This is Elli. Her birthday is the 20th of Spring. She wants to become a Nurse, and works at the Clinic. Her family is: *This is Elli. Her birthday is the 16th of Spring. She wants to become a Nurse, and works at the Clinic. Her family is: *her grandmother Ellen and *her younger brother Stu. *Elli believes in hard work, maybe because she's had to raise her brother after her parents died. She can be very strict. *Next time we'll introduce Stu. *This is Stu. His birthday is the 5th of Fall. He lives in a house on the north side of Mineral Town. His family is: *his sister Elli and *his grandmother Ellen. *Stu loves to play jokes on people, but he's also a cry-baby. Still, the townspeople all like him. *Next time we'll introduce Jeff. *This is Jeff. His birthday is the 29th of Winter. He runs the Supermarket. His family is: *his wife Sasha and *his daughter Karen. *He can never stand up to people, so he always lets everyone buy on credit. So, he suffers from ulcers. He's been picked on by Duke from childhood. *Next time we'll introduce Karen. *This is Karen. Her birthday is the 23rd of Fall. Her father runs the Supermarket. Her family is: *This is Karen. Her birthday is the 15th of Fall. Her father runs the Supermarket. Her family is: *her father Jeff and *her mother Sasha. *She takes after her mother, so she likes to help folks. She likes to drink and dance, but can't cook at all. *Next time we'll introduce Sasha. *This is Sasha. Her birthday is the 30th of Spring. She runs the Supermarket. Her family is: *her husband Jeff and *her daughter Karen. *Unlike her husband, she is confident and assertive. She loves her husband, but has to look after him. *This is Doug. His birthday is the 11th of Winter. He runs a bar, restaurant and inn called "Doug's Inn." His family is: *He always worries about Ann, whom he raised alone. He still can't forget Ann's mom, who died. *Next time we'll introduce Ann. *This is Ann. Her birthday is the 22nd of Summer. She always helps out her dad at Doug's Inn. Her family is: *This is Ann. Her birthday is the 17th of Summer. She always helps out her dad at Doug's Inn. Her family is: *her dad Doug. *She has no confidence in herself at all when it comes to love. Maybe because she's a tom-boy. *Next time we'll introduce the Kappa. *This is the Kappa. His (?) birthday is... unknown. He lives in the lake on Mother's Hill. He likes Cucumbers a lot. He also gets upset when he gets caught up in the hooks when people fish in the lake. *Next time we'll introduce Basil. *This is Basil. His birthday is the 11th of Summer. He's a scientist, and books written by him are at Mary's Library. His family is: *his wife Anna and *his daughter Mary. *He came to Mineral Town with his family to study the flora there. *Next time we'll introduce Mary. *This is Mary. Her birthday is the 25th of Winter. She works at the Library. Her birthday is: *This is Mary. Her birthday is the 20th of Winter. She works at the Library. Her birthday is: *her dad Basil and *her mother Anna. *She loves books, and even writes novels herself. She's not very interested in romance at all. *Next time we'll introduce Anna. *This is Anna. Her birthday is the 23rd of Fall. She lives next to the Library. Her family is: *her husband Basil and *her daughter Mary. *She is enjoying the country living but a little bored because Basil is always busy studying. Good at baking. *Next time we'll introduce Won. *This is Won. His birthday is the 19th of Winter. He's a wandering salesman who just appeared in Mineral Town. For some reason, he *lives at Zack's house, where he also runs his shop. *He comes to the farm once in a while to sell his wares. *Next time we'll introduce Thomas. *This is Thomas. His birthday is the 25th of Summer. He is a Mayor, and lives in a house on the north side. His family is: *his son Harris. *A photographer named Kano used to live with him, but no more. He believes in serving the townspeople as well as he can. He takes Ellen Apple Pie every Sunday. He wants everybody in his town to be friendly to each other. *Next time we'll introduce Harris. *This is Harris. His birthday is the 4th of Summer. He is a policeman, and lives on the north side. His family is: *his father Thomas. *He's in charge of keeping the peace in town. He's in love with Aja, who lives in the city. *Next time we'll introduce Duke. *This is Duke His birthday is the 15th of Winter. He runs Aja Winery. His family is: *his wife Manna and *his daughter Aja. *He liked drinking to begin with, but ever since Aja left he's been drinking too much. He's a bully to everyone (except Manna, of course). *Next time we'll introduce Manna. *This is Manna. Her birthday is the 11th of Fall. She runs Aja Winery. Her family is: *her husband Duke *and her daughter Aja. *She loves to talk and gossip about others. She always hopes that Aja will come back home. *Next time we'll introduce Carter. *This is Carter. His birthday is the 20th of Fall. He is a priest who lives at the Church. *He came to Mineral Town to spread the gospel, but seems not to preach very much lately. He can lift curses from Tools, but wants to help people in other ways, too. *Next time we'll introduce Kai. *This is Kai. His birthday is the 22nd of Summer. He runs Kai's Beach House during the Summer. *He comes from the city to spend Summers in Mineral Beach. He's popular with women and children, but men don't like his attitude much. *Next time we'll introduce Gray. *This is Gray. His birthday is the 6th of Winter. He is a blacksmith's apprentice. His family is: *his uncle Saibara. *He came to Mineral Town to apprentice with his uncle. He hated it at first, but then began to like it. He's very prideful, but with a good heart. *Next time we'll introduce Saibara. *This is Saibara. His birthday is the 11th of Spring. He's a blacksmith. His family is: *his grandson Gray. *He's a stubborn old man, but he takes great pride in his work. He's training his nephew Gray. *Next time we'll introduce Gotz. *This is Gotz. His birthday is the 2nd of Fall. He's a woodcutter who lives alone in the woods. *Both his daughter and wife died on the mountain years ago. *Next time we'll introduce May. *This is May. Her birthday is the 26th of Winter. She lives in Yodel Farm. Her family is: *her grandfather Barley *and her mother Joanna. *May is a very sweet little girl, whom everybody loves. She hopes everyday for her mom to come back. *Next time we'll introduce Barley. *This is Barley. His birthday is the 17th of Spring. He runs Yodel Farm. His family is: *his granddaughter May and *his daughter Joanna. *His daughter Joanna left to the city, then returned with her daughter, May. However, she then left May with Barley before leaving again. Barley loves May very much, so he worries about her. *Next time we'll introduce someone who never appears. *Today we'll introduce someone new. This is Kano. His birthday is the 2nd of Winter. He takes photographs of Mineral Town to show people living in harmony with Nature. This is Louis. His birthday is the 2nd of Spring. He studies insects, and came to Mineral Town to write about Bees. This is Greg. His birthday is the 29th of Spring. He loves fishing, and Fishing Rods in particular. *Next time we'll introduce Rick ################################## f) CARD COLLECTOR CHISATO (cacoch) ################################## Part 1 "Hey, Chisato, have you heard? Or rather, have you seen?" Oh, good morning, Mariya! What are you talking about? "Remember the rumor last month that said Ranch Tales trading cards were being released? Well, it's happened." Huh? Really? "Yeah, there's a big poster for it hanging in the store. And I really want that poster so bad." Then why don't we go down to the shop together when they go on sale? "Sure, OK. Or should I say, that's what I had in mind all along. Ranch Tales trading cards... I'll get me a complete set if it's the last thing I do! This is a fictional story. Any resemblance to any actual persons or organizations is completely coincidental. Part 2 Came the day that the Ranch Tales trading cards went on sale... OK, let's go. "Right, or should I say, that goes without saying." Arriving at the store... Oh yeah, they've got 'em, all right. A pack of 10 for 400 yen. So that's 6000 yen for a box, at 15 packs per box. start with two boxes. How many are you buying, Mariya...? Huh? All you've got are bags. You don't buy boxes? "Right, or should I say, I've never bought whole boxes before." Oh, is that so... Come to think of it, we've never actually gone shopping together before, have we... Well, whatever. After the shopping was done... Now how should we do this? Do you want to come over to my place, and then compare the cards we bought? "Hmm, well, no, I think I'll pass, and let it be a surprise for tomorrow. That is to say, tomorrow is when we report on what cards we got. OK, I hear you. Until tomorrow, then. 'Bye. "'Bye. Or should I say, could you see me home? It's dark already." So it was that I didn' t get home until after I saw Mariya home... Now then, let's get these puppies opened up. RIP (opening the boxes) SHRED (taking out the bags) TEAR (opening the bags) Now to see what the first card will be. "Fodder... An Equipment Card..." How dull. But I guess that's par for the course with the first draw. So I opened all the bags... I've got 186 card types in all of the bags. I've got a long way to go if I'm going to get all 256 of them. He needs 70 cards to get a complete Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 3 "Hey, hey, Chisato? How did it go? Or should I say, show me what you've got." OK, here it is. The two boxes I bought yesterday had a total of 156 different card types in them, so it looks like I need 70 more card types to complete my set. "Wow. Nice going. I've only got 130 card types right now? What did you get? Let me start by showing you what I got." Right, and here's what I got. "Oh, lucky you. I still haven't got any Fodder cards yet. Actually, I haven't got any item cards yet." Oh, really?" OK, let's have a look at yours now. FLIP (the sound of pages full of cards being turned in a binder) Hey, you've got some really shiny ones in here. Those must be rare cards. Oh, and here's another one. "I'm thinking we could swap our duplicates. That is to say, these are my duplicate cards." RUSTLE RUSTLE (the sound of rummaging through a briefcase) These are the only duplicate cards I've got. "Let me see... All right! You've already got a double of the Fodder card. Not only that, but also the Sheep's Milk card as well." And you've got several cards that I don't have, either. These seven cards are ones that I don't have. How many cards are you missing among my duplicates, Chisato? Seven. Hey, the same as you. So we could just swap straight across, I guess. "Yeah, that works. Or should I say, thanks." Thank you too. Being able to swap my duplicate cards has given me some more types I didn't have before. Only 63 cards to go to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 4 Today I went to the store by myself. You see, Mariya wasn't at school today, and didn't invite me to go along. So I figured I'd just get three bags this time. Another reason is that my allowance won't let me keep buying boxes all the time, either. Now which ones should I buy... Eenie, meenie, minie, moe! And with that, my shopping was done. I headed straight home. And once I got there... Now, let's open these babies up. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) GLEAM! Oh wow, this shining card--it's the Super Sickle equipment card! All right! Score a rare card for me! Once I had all the bags opened, however... Unfortunately, I've already got all these other cards. But hey, tomorrow I can at least report that I got a Super Sickle card. But then again, Mariya was absent from school today. What about tomorrow? Only 62 cards to go to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 5 The next day... "Morning, long time no see." Oh, Mariya, you're looking all better now. "Yeah, I'm fine, or should I say, I'm sorry if I made you worry." Well, you did stay home from school all of a sudden. Now what do you say we get back in the swing of things (even if after only a day's lapse) and go buy some more Ranch Tales trading cards together? "Yeah, or should I say, let's go, definitely! So we went to the store, where I once again bought three bags of cards... Now which ones should I buy... Eenie, meenie, minie, moe! "Thanks and come again!" Later... Now, then, let's open these babies up. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) The only one I don't already have in this batch is this Tomato Seeds card. Only 61 cards to go to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 6 No school today! I'm going to go buy trading cards. I'll just buy three bags as usual today... Now which ones should I buy... Eenie, meenie, minie, moe! Now to head home... Wait, that's Mariya over there. And he's got Ranch Tales trading cards too, if I'm not mistaken. Maybe I can get him to swap me for some cards that I don't have. Yo! "Oh, good morning, Chisato, or should I say, you've got Ranch Tales trading cards there. So how many have you got? This many. "Hmm, not bad, or should I say, I don't have this one, or this one either... Hey, you've got the Super Sickle! Lucky. Or should I say, here, have a look at what I've got." You're doing pretty good for yourself. Say, I don't have this one. And so it went, as we looked at one another's cards... So what do you think? I'm missing this one and this one here... "Well, I've got doubles of that and that, so I could swap them to you, which is to say, I don't have this one... or this one... I've only got the one Super Sickle, but I have doubles of the other ones you want. You want to swap? "Yeah, or should I say, all right!" Later... I really lucked out today. I was able to swap my doubles... But wait. What happens if it turns out that the cards I swapped for are duplicated by the ones I bought today...? Well, I'll live with it. Let's open these babies up. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) Hey, I got another rare card. This time it's a character card, the 'Goddess of the Wellspring.' I wonder what else is in here... Oh, good, there weren't all that many doubles, and I also got a bunch of cards that I didn't already have! Life is good. Now he only needs 25 cards to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 7 It's my day to clean the classroom, so I told Mariya to go on to the store without me. I'm finished cleaning the classroom. Now it's off to the store, where I'll buy another three bags of cards. Now which ones should I buy... Eenie, meenie, minie, moe! "Thank you and come again!" Now, let's see, where could Mariya be? Hey, wait, there's a Ranch Tales trading card lying on the floor here! And it's a rare card too, the 'Goat's Milk' food card! Oh, wow! What a find! (Glancing around furtively) There's no one around. The Angel on Chisato's Shoulder: "The person who dropped it will be missing it right about now. You should turn it in, as lost and found, perhaps to the police... The Devil on Chisato's Shoulder: "Whoever dropped this card isn't likely to know where it was dropped. Besides, there's no one around, so no one will know that you picked it up." As I was thinking this thing through... "Oh, Chisato, good timing! Or should I say, did you see a card lying around here? It was a 'Goat's Milk' food card, and... Oh I see, then this must belong to you, Mariya. Here you go. "Oh good, or should I say, I knew it was here. I'm glad it was you who found it, or should I say, I need to pay you back somehow." Oh, forget it. "No way, or should I say, I can't leave it at that. Here, have this one, by way of saying thanks." And with that, he gave me a Tomato food card. Are you sure about this? "The last time we did a swap, you said you didn't have this card. Or should I say, I got a double when I when shopping today." Thanks. Later... Well, now, I really lucked out today. I got a card I didn't already have. But even so, I still envy him for having that Goat's Milk food card, though... But, well, whatever. Let's open these babies up, and see what I bought today. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) No sooner do I do that, then I find I've actually bought the Goat's Milk food card... Only now, I've also got a double of the card that Mariya gave me today as well... Now he only needs 12 cards to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set.\ Part 8 Today I went to the store by myself. Mariya couldn't come with me because he was asked to run some errand or other. Now I'm at the store, where I pick out my usual three bags, and... "Thank you." Now I'm back home, so let's open these babies up and see what I bought today. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) Oh no! I've already got all of these cards. I didn't get any new card types today! He still needs 12 cards to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 9 Today, Mariya and I went to the store together, whereupon I bought my usual three bags of cards... "Thank you." "See you tomorrow. Let me know if you get anything." Sure. 'Bye. Now let's open these babies up, and see what I bought today. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) Oh no! Not again! This is two days in a row that I haven't gotten any new cards! He still needs 12 cards to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 10 "Morning, Chisato, or should I say, what did you get in the cards you bought yesterday?" No cards I didn't already have, unfortunately. And it was the same thing the day before yesterday, too... "Well, you've already got a lot of cards in the set. Or should I say, you're just naturally going to get some doubles at this point." How about you, Mariya? "I added a fair number of cards myself. To put it another way, I only have five cards to go." Huh? When did that happen? "Well, I got a bunch of cards I didn't already have in the ones I bought yesterday. Or to put it another way, I got hardly any doubles at all. Hmm, lucky you. Now I'm jealous... "But there were a few doubles after all, so let's swap. Or should I say, these are the doubles that I got." Sure. And here's the doubles that I've got. (FLUMPH!) "Wow! You've got a lot of doubles. Or to put it another way, I'm missing this one, this one, and this one." And you've got a bunch of the ones that I don't have, either! I need this one and this one and this one and this one and this one and... Hey! You've got the Golden Chicken, one of the Rare Animal cards! And you managed to get a double of this one? "Yeah, or should I say, are these eight card types the ones I have that you need?" Yeah... "In that case, you can have them all for these three that you have and I don't. Or to put it another way, I'll trade you these for those. Huh? Are you sure? "Yeah, or should I say, having more than one of a given card doesn't do either of us any good at this point." All right! Thanks. I don't think I'll go to the store today after all. Now he only needs four cards to complete his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 11 "Good morning, Chisato, or should I say, didn't you buy any cards yesterday?" No. I was too upset from not getting any new cards for three days in a row, and I figured that getting eight new cards yesterday was enough, so I just went home. "OK. I see your point. So what do you want to do today? Or to put it another way, I'm going to the store today. What about you?" OK then, I'll join you. And with that, we were off to the store, where I once again bought my usual three bags of cards. "I'm going to take this one and this one. Or to put it another way, which ones are you are going to get, Chisato?" Hmm, well, I don't rightly know which ones to get. "To put it another way, how about these over here?" Hmm... Yes, you're right. I'll take those. "Thank you." "Well, so long. Or should I say, let me know tomorrow if you got anything new today." Sure. 'Bye. Later... OK, let's open these babies up and see what we bought today. SHRED (the sound of bags being torn open) Oh wow! I got three cards that I didn't already have! Now he's only one card away from completing his Ranch Tales trading card set. Part 12 "Good morning, Chisato, or should I say, how did your purchases yesterday turn out?" Oh, Mariya, thanks a lot. The bags you picked out for me yesterday turned out to have some of the cards I was missing, and now I only need one card to complete my set. "That wouldn't, by any chance, be this one, would it? Or to put it another way, it could only be this one, am I right?" Huh? Oh, the Wedding Event Card! Yes, that's the one! But how did you know that was the one I needed? Oh, wait, you don't mean... "That's right, or to put it another way, I've got two of this one, so you can have it." You mean it? All right! Now I've got a complete set! Congratulations on completing your Ranch Tales trading card set! ################################################## g) MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO (mgmuze) ################################################## Episode 1: Christmas Day Today is December 25, Christmas Day. But it's also special for another reason. Red, Blue, Yellow and Green all have their birthdays today as well. They always spend the day the same way. Their families all get together for a big combined Christmas and joint birthday party. They're right in the middle of party preparations. "Hey, you guys...", says Yellow to the other three. "Mmmm? What?", they reply. (Incidentally, Red, Blue and green are working on the party decorations, while Yellow is in charge of the food. They're taking a few minutes' break, which why Yellow is has started this conversation.) "Er, well..." To be continued... Trailer: A year ago this very day, a white Christmas marked the beginning of the the whole adventure. Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 2: White Christmas The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 2: White Christmas "Er, well... I was just thinking, it's exactly a year now since we got the Mechabots..." "Uh-huh? Yeah, that's so." As he answers, Red happens to glance out of the window.The forecast had said it would be sunny all morning, but all of a sudden it's snowing heavily. Just like last Christmas... "That's right, we got the Ultrors a year ago today. It was a white Christmas, just like today...." To be continued... Trailer: Thanks to their special powers, the foursome are not like ordinary kids. Will they accept that Destiny has special plans for them? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 3: Last Christmas The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 3: Last Christmas "A year ago today. And it happened while our families were together, getting ready for the combined Christmas_and_ joint_birthday_party, just like we're doing right now." [Cue flashback] "You know what? This really gets to me every year." "Huh? What does?" "Well, the four of us were all born on Christmas day. So our birthday party is combined with the Christmas party. And the presents we get: are they Christmas presents or birthday presents? All I know is, we don't get as many gifts as people who have their birthdays on other days." To be continued... Trailer: History repeats itself. That's something nobody can prevent. Still, something has to start the ball rolling... Next time: Mechabot Genesis MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 4: Presents The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 4: Presents It would be nice to get given two presents today of all days. I'm not complaining, though..." "I know. I wouldn't say we should get two gifts, but I wish my present could be something major, you know? Something out of the ordinary." "Exactly." "I guess we all feel the same way." The four friends have this conversation every December 25th, while everyone's getting ready for the party. But this year, things are a little different. Unbeknownst to the foursome they're all going to get a really big Christmas present. To be continued... Trailer: Their wish is granted sooner than they expected. But as the old saying goes, you should be careful what you wish for... Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 5: Unearthly Light The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 5: Unearthly Light "OK. We're ready.." "That was quick. We do this every year, so maybe we're getting it nailed." "So what do we do now? We still have some time before the grown-ups get back." The clock is pointing to just after three. There are at least three hours left before the parents get back. "True. How about we go and do something outside?" "It looks like it's still snowing kind of heavily, though." "True." As the four look out of the window, a mysterious burst of bright light appears outside! To be continued... Trailer: The four friends stand at the threshold of a dazzling future. But what lies behind the door? Will it be hope or despair? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 6: Hurry! The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 6: Hurry! As the four look out of the window, they see a strange burst of bright light. "What WAS that? What just happened?" "Whatever it was, it wasn't the sun..." "So what on earth WAS it?" "Shall we go outside and take a look?" "OK!" chorus the others. As they rush out of the house, they see a strange glow coming from the direction of the school. "The school...is it on fire?" "No, it's further away... It looks like its somewhere in the mountains." "Right, let's head over there and check it out!" With that, the four friends run off towards the mountains. To be continued... Trailer: The foursome are still on their way. Little do they know that a formidable foe is waiting for them... Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 7: Arrival The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 7: Arrival The four friends make for the mountains where the strange light seems to be coming from. "You know, I don't think that light is a building on fire..." "I think you're right. But what on earth can it be?" "Well, let's up the pace!" "OK!" comes the unanimous reply. The four jog on, panting, through the thickening snow. After a while, they arrive at the school gate. "Hmm, the light's coming from somewhere further back. We don't know what might jump out at us, so let's be real careful from here on in." To be continued... Trailer: Curiosity leads the foursome towards a new encounter. Will they find the source of the unearthly light? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 8: Discovery The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 8: Discovery The four friends make their way cautiously along the road behind the school. Agog with curiosity and suspense, they tramp up the mountain, the strange brilliance growing stronger and stronger. It looks as if the source of the light is somewhere fairly close by. Just then... "Ah! Is that it?" Yellow, leading the way, seems to have found the light source. To be continued... Trailer: Curiosity gets the better of our four friends, and caution is forgotten. From this point on, they can only follow where instinct leads... Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 9: The Visitor The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 9: The Visitor Yellow, who has gone on ahead, finds the source of the light. When the others catch up, they are baffled by what they see. "What IS that?" "Is it...a person?" Sure enough, the light source appears to be humanoid. Could it be...some sort of extra-terrestrial?" "If it is, has it come to invade Earth?" "If it has, whoever gets rid of it would be doing humanity a favor, I guess." "So shall we get rid of it, then?" For the sake of peace on Earth, the four friends decide to get rid of the glowing alien. But their decision has unexpected consequences..." "WAIT!", comes a shout. The four are stunned into silence... To be continued... Trailer: The four friends leap to the defense of planet Earth. But events take an unexpected turn.. Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 10: The Voice The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 10: The Voice As soon as the foursome decide to get rid of the light-emitting alien, a voice is heard. "WAIT! CHILDREN BORN ON THIS PLANET!" "Huh? Who said that...? I guess it was the alien? "I guess so...." "But it told us to wait, right?" "It must have something it wants to tell us." "Let's hear it out, shall we?" "Sure, we'll give it a chance to speak its last words." "....................TH... THANK YOU" To be continued... Trailer: The truth is still shrouded in darkness. However, moment by moment, the hour of reckoning is approaching... Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 11: Revelations The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 11: Revelations The shining being speaks to the four friends. "IN TRUTH, THIS PLANET IS IN GREAT DANGER." "It is?" "THE MYSTERIOUS SPACE CREATURE PHLOGISTON IS APPROACHING THIS PLANET. IF IT COMES HERE, ALL WILL BE BURNED AWAY TO NOTHING IN LESS THAN ONE MONTH. "Oh, man...is this true?" "UNFORTUNATELY, YES. "Can anything be done to stop it?" "YES. I CAME HERE TO GIVE YOU SOMETHING YOU WILL NEED IN ORDER TO RESIST PHLOGISTON." "To give US something?" "YES. BEHOLD!" To be continued... Trailer: If they did but know it, the four friends are about to embark on a never-ending struggle against the forces of evil. However, help is at hand. Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 12: Power The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 12: Power "What are you going to give us?" "BEHOLD, THE FOUR MECHABOT ULTRORS!Four enormous robots appear before the friends. One is red, one yellow, one blue and the other green. "Wow! Look at the size of those things! We'll make short work of that mysterious space creature, right?" "I DO NOT KNOW." "What do you mean?" "PHLOGISTON IS GROWING STRONGER AND STRONGER. IN ITS FORMER STATE, YOU WOULD CERTAINLY HAVE BEEN ABLE TO DEFEAT IT, BUT NOW..." The four are silent, unable to conceal their misgivings at the alien's words. To be continued... Trailer: The foursome have been given new powers. But will this mean the end of a beautiful friendship? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 13: Extra Strength The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 13: Extra Strength The four are silent, unable to conceal their misgivings at the alien's words. BUT IT IS LIKELY THAT YOU WILL PREVAIL. PHLOGISTON'S STRENGTH CONTINUES TO GROW, BUT I HAVE INCREASED THE POWER OF THE MECHABOTS TO HELP YOU RESIST IT. THAT IS WHY I ADDED A 4TH MECHABOT... "You mean, there were only 3 of them to start with? "YES. ORIGiNALLY THE 3 MECHABOTS COULD MERGE TO FORM MECHABOT ULTROR, BUT NOW THIS NEW 4TH ROBOT CAN MERGE WITH MECHABOT ULTROR TO FORM INVINCIBLE MECHABOT ULTROR. THIS VERSION HAS GREATER ATTACKING AND DEFENSIVE POWER, AND IS CAPABLE OF USING NEW WEAPONS... BUT SINCE YOU NEVER KNEW THE ORIGINAL MECHABOT ULTROR, THE COMPARISON WILL MEAN LITTLE TO YOU." To be continued... Trailer: Right from the outset, the four friends have felt a sense of unease. As soon as they put it into words, their former peaceful life is shattered forever. Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 14: The Question The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 14: The Question "ANYWAY, I BELIEVE THAT BY USING INVINCIBLE MECHABOT ULTROR, YOU WILL BE ABLE TO DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. I CAME TO EARTH EXPRESSLY TO GIVE YOU THIS GIFT." As the alien comes to a pause in its story, Blue decides to jump in and ask the question that has been on the tip of his tongue for several minutes. "But why us? There are lots of people on this planet --er, I mean in this town-- who are much stonger than us, and people who know a lot more about machines and stuff. So why did you choose us four?" "LET ME EXPLAIN... To be continued... Trailer: The unearthly light has succeeded in attracting four brave and honest humans. Will the light also prevail against the encroaching darkness that threatens the Earth? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 15: The Secret The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 15: The Secret "Why are you giving us these mechabots?", Blue asks the alien. "LET ME EXPLAIN..." it replies. "IF STRENGTH AND TECHNICAL EXPERTISE WERE THE ONLY QUALITIES I WAS SEARCHING FOR, THERE WOULD HAVE BEEN OTHERS MORE APPROPRIATE, AS YOU SAY." "So, why DID you choose us?" "I NEEDED FOUR BEINGS WHO ARE CLOSE FRIENDS. IF THE MECHABOTS ARE TO FUNCTION AT THEIR FULL CAPABILITY, THEIR OPERATORS MUST WORK IN HARMONY AND COMBINE THEIR POWER. I ALSO NEEDED BEINGS WHO WOULD NOT USE THIS POWER FOR EVIL PURPOSES". "But how do you know if we're good beings or not?" "THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT REVEAL." To be continued... Trailer: The future of planet Earth lies in the hands of the four friends. Will they bow to fate and accept the challenge? Or will they refuse? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 16: Courage The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 16: Courage "THAT IS SOMETHING I CANNOT REVEAL", replies the alien. The four friends can think of no rejoinder. "I ALSO HAD ANOTHER REQUIREMENT", it continues. I NEEDED BEINGS WITH THE COURAGE TO OPPOSE EVIL. YOU DID NOT KNOW WHAT I WAS, YET YOU APPROACHED ME WITHOUT FEAR. PERHAPS YOU WILL THINK ME RECKLESS, BUT I AM WILLING TO TAKE A CHANCE AND TRUST YOU. WHAT IS YOUR DECISION? WILL YOU USE THIS INVINCIBLE MECHABOT ULTROR TO SAVE THE PLANET YOU LIVE ON?" "So basically you're giving us a weapon, but we have to do all the fighting ourselves?" "... WELL, YES, THAT IS CORRECT." To be continued... Trailer: The four must give their answer, and it has to be unanimous. It's decision time! Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 17: Yes The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 17: Yes "... WELL, YES, THAT IS CORRECT. SO, WHAT IS YOUR DECISION?" The four exchange glances, then huddle together to confer. "What shall we do? I think we should go for it." "I'm OK with that." "Me too..." "Count me in as well, naturally!" All four are ready and willing to take up the challenge, so Red acts as spokesman, addressing the alien. "Yes. We'll do it." "VERY WELL. IN THAT CASE, THE MECHABOTS WILL BE YOURS. AND THESE, TOO..." So saying, the alien hands each child what appears to be a wristwatch. To be continued... Trailer: The alien's strange words have left the four friends reeling. Does everyone understand the deal that has just been done?" Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 18: Transformation The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 18: Transformation The mysterious shining alien hands each of the four what appears to be a wristwatch. "What's this?" "YOU ATTACH IT TO YOUR WRIST AND ASSUME THE CORRECT POSE, THEN SHOUT SHOUT 'ULTROR TRANSFORM!'. YOUR ULTROR SUIT WILL THEN APPEAR, COVERING YOUR WHOLE BODY. YOU NEED THE SUIT TO SHIELD YOU AGAINST THE FREQUENT IMPACTS OCURRING WHILE YOU OPERATE YOUR MECHABOT. NEVER MOUNT YOUR MECHABOT WITHOUT PUTTING YOUR SUIT ON FIRST. DO YOU UNDERSTAND?" "Well, yes, we understood those instructions, but that stuff about assuming the correct pose was kind of weird. Why do we have to a pose?" assume "...ER, WELL, IT IS MOST IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.." To be continued... Trailer: Are the four friends really ready to face the menace described by the alien? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 19: The Brink of Doom? The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 19: The Brink of Doom? "...ER, WELL, IT IS MOST IMPORTANT TO CREATE THE CORRECT ATMOSPHERE.." The four friends are at a loss for words. "WHAT IS WRONG? YOU FIND IT DIFFICULT TO DEVISE A SUITABLE POSE? MAYBE THIS? OR WHAT OF THIS? OR THIS?"No, no it's fine. We'll come up with something by ourselves...." "VERY WELL. THEN I WILL GIVE YOU THE MECHABOT ULTRORS AND THE SUITS. AFTER THAT, YOU MUST COMBINE YOUR POWERS TO DEFEAT PHLOGISTON. THAT SEEMS TO BE ALL.. "What exactly is this space creature Phlogiston, again?" "AS I TOLD YOU BEFORE, PHLOGISTON IS A GOD OF DESTRUCTION BY FIRE. EVERYTHING IT TOUCHES IS BURNED AWAY." "I've never heard of a god of destruction by fire." THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL SOON ARRIVE ON THIS PLANET." To be continued... Trailer: What will happen when Phlogiston arrives? Will planet Earth survive? Next time: MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Episode 20: They're Back The legend begins here... MECHABOT GENESIS MECHABOT ULTROR: ZERO Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 20: They're Back THERE IS NO TIME TO EXPLAIN IN DETAIL. PHLOGISTON WILL SOON ARRIVE ON THIS PLANET. WELL, I MUST LEAVE YOU..." [The flashback ends, and the scene returns to the present.] "When we first got the Ultrors, we thought Phlogiston would show up at any second, right?" "That's right, we did." "But there was no sign of it at all." "It didn't actually get here until four whole months later, on the first day of school." "Right. You'd think the alien would have mentioned the time lag, huh?" The doorbell chimes. "Oh, that'll be Mom and the others. I guess our break kind of overran. We'd better get on with those finishing touches..." "OK" chorus the other 3. The End ################################## h) Harvest Moon Channel (harmooch) ################################## MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME REPRISE Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 1: A Summer's Day Thanks to the work of Mechabot Ultror, the mysterious space creature Phlogiston has been defeated, and peace has returned to planet Earth. However, this peace proves somewhat short-lived..." Things start one day when the four members of the Mechabot Ultror team -- Red, Blue, Yellow and Green -- have come to the pool to hang out and swim. "Aaagh!" To be continued... Yellow lets out a sudden scream. Red rushes to her aid, only to see... a sight that will be revealed next week! Next Time: Episode 2: A New Menace Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 2: A New Menace "Aaagh!" Yellow lets out a sudden scream. The others turn round and see her floundering and thrashing about in the water. What's the matter?" yells Red as he rushes over to see what is happening. As he stares into the water, he makes out what looks like a sort of white mist around Yellow's ankles. To be continued... Trying to help Yellow, Red touches the white mist, and gets an unpleasant surprise... Next Time: Episode 3: White Terror Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 3: White Terror "What IS this?" screeches Yellow, feeling her her feet apparently being pulled by the white mist-like substance. Despite himself, Red freezes for a moment, but then, seeing Yellow's struggles, he hurries to her side. But as soon as he touches the white mist, he finds himself springing toward the side of the pool with a yelp of alarm. To be continued... Red's body is enveloped in a strange light, and his true strength is released! Next Time: Episode 4: Transformation Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 4: Transformation As soon as he touches the white mist, Red finds himself flung back to the side of the pool. He examines his right hand -- the one he used to touch the white mist -- and lets out a gasp. It's covered with cuts and scratches. "OK", he yells, "if we can't fight this with our bare hands, it's time to put on the Ultror suits. Ultror Transform!!! A burst of sparkling light envelops Red's whole body. When he emerges, he's encased in a full suit of brilliant red armor. "Red Ultror ready to go!" he yells. To be continued... Now that Red has transformed into Red Ultror, will he be able to rescue Yellow?" Next Time: Episode 5: Beyond Capability Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 5: Beyond Capability "Red Ultror ready to go!" yells the just-transformed Red, hurling himself at the white mist once again. Fizzzzzzzzzzz.......... "Ooof!" The mist is mildly painful to the touch, but this time it doesn't look as if it's going to fling him to the side of the pool like last time. "OK, let's get this off.." With a few grunts of exertion, Ultror Red tugs the white mist this way and that, trying to free Yellow's ankles. Slowly but surely, the mist starts to peel away and Yellow is almost free... To be continued... After a long struggle, Red has manages to rescue Yellow, but their troubles aren't over yet... c Next Time: Episode 6: Rescue Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 6: Rescue Little by little, slowly but surely, the white mist starts to come away from Yellow's legs. Ultror Red tugs even harder, grunting with the strain. At last, the mist comes loose, and Yellow is free! Ultror Red carries her to the side of the pool. "Yellow! Are you OK?" Blue and Green also crowd round and gaze at her with concern... To be continued... Now that Yellow has been rescued, the Ultror Team breathe a sigh of relief. However... Next Time: Episode 7: Rescued Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 7: Rescued "Yellow! Are you OK?" "I swallowed some water", she splutters. She looks shaken, but since she can talk, she must be more or less all right. "Hey, Red", asks Blue. "Why did you need to put your Ultror "suit on just to save Yellow from drowning?" "I was wondering the same thing", adds Green. "Well...I saw that white mist stuff around Yellow's feet.. and then as soon as I touched it, my hand was all cut up..." To be continued... Why did the white mist attack Yellow? Find out in the next episode. Next Time: Episode 8: Second Strike Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 8: Second Strike "As soon as I touched it, my hand was all cut up..." But there aren't any cuts on Yellow's legs... " "That's true. What on earth is going on here...? Why did Yellow get attacked? And what is that white misty thing?" "Aaagh!" "Eeek!" Some girls swimming in the pool begin to shriek. "Oh no! Is it the mist again?" To be continued... "Blue, Yellow, Green, you'd better transform as well, so we can save those girls!" Next Time: Episode 9: A Little Help From My Friends Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 9: A Little Help From My Friends The girls' shrieks become increasingly desperate. "OK, guys, we're going to rescue those girls!" commands Red. The others all nod. "Yellow, you stay here and rest!" "No way! I'm fine, and I'm a member of the Ultror Team too!" "...OK then. Everybody, here we go, transform! "Go, go go! Ultror Transform!" they yell in unison. There is a sudden flash, and all three are enveloped in bright light. To be continued... Now that they've donned their Ultror suits, will the four be able to save the drowning girls?" Next Time: Episode 10: Light Warriors Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 10: Light Warriors A sudden flash, and the four are enveloped in bright light. Out of the light emerge Blue, Yellow and Green, each in battle dress of the appropriate color. "OK, let's do it!", yells Red, and the four Ultror-suited friends jump into the pool and rush to the aid of the drowning girls. To be continued... In the pool, there is plenty of white mist waiting for them.... Next Time: Episode 11: Another White Shock Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 11: More White Terror When the four leap into the pool and rush towards the struggling girls, they see the dreaded white mist around the girls' feet. "Gnnh! Ooooooof!" Panting, they tug at the mist until it comes away from the victims' feet. Then they carry each girl to the side of the pool. The rescue has only taken a few seconds. To be continued... Thanks to the four Ultrors, the girls have been saved from drowning. However... Next Time: Episode 12: Disaster Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 12: Disaster "There...did we save them all?" "Yes, that's everyone. They're all unconscious, though." "But... what IS that white mist thing?" "Well, what does it matter what it is? We saved everyone who was drowning, and whatever it is, I think we got rid it." But even as Yellow is speakingCa strange gurgling noise fills the air. The water in the pool starts spinning like a whirlpool, and then, in defiance of the law of gravity, rises skywards... To be continued... Having tornadoed up into the sky, the pool water changes into white mist... Next Time: Episode 13: The Sky Overshadowed Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 13: The Sky Overshadowed Gurgling and hissing, the water from the pool apparently evaporates to form a white mist. "You think the white mist took over all the water from the pool?" "Or maybe the white mist had turned itself into pool water in the first place?" "Well, whichever it was, hadn't we better defeat it somehow?" "Absolutely!" During this conversation, the white mist has expanded steadily, until it hangs over the entire pool. To be continued... Confronting a powerful enemy, the four friends decide to call up the Ultror Robots. Next Time: Episode 14: "Ultror Robots! Come To Our Aid!"" Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 14:"Ultror Robots! Come To Our Aid!"" Gurgling weirdly, the white mist now extends over the whole of the pool. "If we're going to take on something that size, we'd better call up the Ultror Robots." "Agreed. OK, everybody, let's summon them!" "Ultror Robots! Come to our Aid", yell the four in unison. To be continued... When the four are installed in their robots, the real battle begins... Next Time: Episode 15: Ultror Robots In Action Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 15: Ultror Robots In Action "Ultror Robots! Come To Our Aid! (The Ultror Robot Launch theme tune plays) Whoosh! The Red, Blue, Yellow and Green robots swoop down from the sky. Flamp! They land on the ground. In a trice, each of the four friends mounts their own robot. "Let's go!" To be continued... The battle begins. However, the Ultror Robot attack does not prove at all effective... Next Time: Episode 16: The Start Of A Fight To The Death Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 16: The Start Of A Fight To The Death "Let's go!" PowPowPowPow! Bopp! "Aargh!" Ultror Robot 1 (Red's robot), which had leapt on the white mist, is simply batted away. "Ugh, so that's how it is.." Even when it was small, this thing covered my hand with cuts and scratches as soon as I touched it...so now that it's got this big, not even an Ultror Robot can make an impression, I guess." "Well, then, there's only one thing for it..." "OK, let's merge!" "Here we go!" To be continued... The Ultrors are about to merge to form Invincible Mechabot Ultror. Will this enable them to defeat the white mist (new larger (size)? Next Time: Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge! Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 17: Mega-Mechamerge! "OK, everybody, merge!" "Here we go!" (The Megamerge theme tune plays) Robots 1, 2 and 3 disassemble and morph. Robot 1 morphs into the head and torso! Robot 2 morphs into the arms and hands! Robot 3 morphs into the legs and feet! With a clunk, and a yell of Mechamerge! Mechabot Ultror! Robot 4 also disassembles and morphs. (The Invincible Mechabot Ultror theme tune plays) The morphing Robot 4 now merges with the rest to make Mechabot Ultror's head and limbs even more powerful. Clank! Whirr! "Mega-Mechamerge complete! Invincible Mechabot Ultror!" To be continued... The white mist (new larger size) becomes a target for the Invincible Ultror Slash! Next Time: Episode 18: Sword of Light Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 18: Sword of Light "Mega-Mechamerge Complete! Invincible Mechabot Ultror!" With that, the invincible one raises its left hand aloft, and a another yell is heard: Invincible Ultror Blade!" As if in instant response, Mechabot Ultror's raised left hand is enveloped in bright light, and morphs into a sword. "Take that! Here comes the Invincible Ultror Slash!" Thwick! Thwack! .....Doynnngg! To be continued... If this enemy can withstand the Invincible Ultror Slash, how on earth can the Ultror team defeat it? Next Time: Episode 19: The Brink of Despair Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 19: The Brink Of Despair "Take that! Here comes the Invincible Ultror Slash!" Thwick! Thwack! .....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing! "What?" Alas, even the Invincible Ultror Blade has been deflected! "Oh no, not even that works...what on earth are we going to do?" Sure enough, the team's ultimate weapon proves useless. How can they defeat the white mist (new, large-size)? To be continued... Red, infuriated, tries to slam the white mist, and then.... Next Time: Episode 20: A Way To Win? Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 20: A Way to Win? "Let's try that again! "Take that! Here comes the Invincible Ultror Slash!" Thwick! Thwack! .....Doynnngg! Doyoyoing! "Oh, no, it's done it again! Well, let's do it as many times as it takes! Take that! Here comes-" "Red, wait!" "Blue? What is it?" "Well, it's just an idea, but there IS something that might just work." "There is?" To be continued... Blue has devised a cunning plan to fight against the white mist. What can it be? Next Time: Episode 21: Weak Point Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 21: Weak Point "There IS something that might just work." "There is?" "Yes. Remember when Yellow got attacked, right in the beginning. When you just touched it, Red, your hand got all scratched up. But it didn't leave a single mark on Yellow's ankles." "So you're saying that if we touch it from the inside, we'll be OK?" "Exactly. But there's a problem. To be continued... What is the problem Blue is talking about? And how will they overcome it Next Time: Episode 22: The Problem Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 22: The Problem "But there's a problem.. first, we have to think of a way to get inside." "Mmmm..., yes, that's a problem.." "And then even if we manage to get inside, and do enough damage to put it out of action, how do we get out again? That's another problem." "Ohh..Kayy.. so we have no shortage of problems." "But right now, our focus is on finding a way to get inside that thing! "You're right. OK, everybody, let's think of a way to get inside the new, large-sized white mist." "Got it!" To be continued... Yellow seems to have thought of something. What is her bright idea...? Next Time: Episode 23: The Common Denominator Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 23: The Commmon Denominator The four friends are racking their brains to find a way to get inside the white mist. "I have a suggestion." "OK, Yellow, what is it? "After me, all the others who got attacked were girls, right? "..True! It looks like the white mist is only interested in girls. I was in the pool, and there were other guys in there too, but it picked on girls every time. But that doesn't help us get inside... Ah! Of course!" To be continued... With Yellow acting as bait, the four friends attempt to get inside the family- size white mist! Next Time: Episode 24: The Decision Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 24: The Decision "Of course! Yellow acts as bait, and we all get inside that way.. right? Yellow swallows hard, then nods agreement. "We shouldn't put Yellow in such a dangerous situation!" "But what other way is there?" "But... Ah, what's the use saying anything. And whatever Yellow says, you won't even listen to her. OK, let's hear your alternative plan, then." To be continued... It's a very risky plan. But Yellow is raring to get going.... Next Time: Episode 25: Battle Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 25: The Battle "OK, first we de-merge and separate, and I (Robot 3) wait around near the white mist, and just when it pounces on me, Robots 1, 2 and 4 slip from the side. Robot 2 is the slowest, so maybe Robot 3 could pull him in, and then we can re-merge inside the mist. Then we use Invincible Mechabot Ultror from the inside to get that thing sliced and diced. To be continued... Red is in full agreement with Yellow's plan, but Blue disagrees. Next Time: Episode 26: Showdown Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 26: Showdown "..OK, Great. Let's do it!" "Just a minute, Red! Are we really going to let Yellow put herself in that much danger!" "I don't like it any more than you do! But if we're going to defeat the white mist, what else can we do?" "Well, Red, I have to admit that it was me who said we might be able to defeat the mist if we got inside. But even if we do get inside, there's no guarantee that we WILL defeat it!" "But we will...for sure!" To be continued... Now begins the battle to get inside the economy- size white mist. Next Time: Episode 27: Battle Begins Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 27: Battle Begins "We WILL defeat it, for sure!" "Well, OK, we're agreed, then. Shall we de-merge?" "OK. But take care, Yellow, and don't be any braver than you need to be." "Right. Thanks." With a few clanks and whirrs, Invincible Mechabot Ultror disassembles, and Robot 3 edges gradually closer to the white mist. Just then, the white mist starts to pounce on the Yellow Robot. "Everybody! Now!" To be continued... Will Robots 2 and 3 manage to get inside the value-size white mist before its mouth (or whatever) closes? Next Time: Episode 28: Hurry! Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 28: Hurry! "Everybody! Now!" Robots 1, 2 and 4 appear behind the Yellow Robot, and hurl themselves into (what they assume to be) the mouth of the white mist creature. "Yellow, get inside as well!" Robot 2 grabs Robot 3. Just then, the white mist's mouth begins to close. Robots 1 and 4 are already inside. "You two! Hurry!" "Get in before it closes!" Even as he speaks, the mist creature's mouth shuts. To be continued... Inside the closed mouth of the white mist, Red checks that everyone is OK... Next Time: Episode 29: Completely In The Dark Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 29: Completely In The Dark "You two! Hurry!" "Get in before it closes!" Even as he speaks, the mist creature's mouth shuts. Inside the creature's mouth, which is now firmly closed, it's dark, and the team can't see one another. "Is everyone OK?"asks Red. "Yeah, I'm OK.", replies Green. "And me", says Blue. "I..er...I think it ate my foot..." says Yellow, uncertainly. To be continued... Part of Robot 3's foot has been devoured! The Ultror team are literally risking life and limb..." Next Time: Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge! Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 30: Now, Re-Merge! "I ...er...I think it ate my foot", says Yellow. "Wh.. Well, you don't sound like you're in agony... "Yeah, it's just the right foot part of my robot. The bits that were airborne seem perfectly OK, though." Well then, let's merge right away and defeat this thing, so we can get out of this darn darkness." "Here we go!" (The short version of the Invincible Mechabot Ultror theme tune plays.) "Mega-Mechamerge! Invincible 11Mechabot Ultror! To be continued... Will an attack from inside the white mist creature prove any more effective? Next Time: Episode 31: Striking Home Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 31: Striking Home The giant robot's left arm is raised aloft with a yell of "Invincible Mechabot Ultror Blade!". The hand is enveloped in bright light. "Here we go!" Invincible Mechabot Ultror swings the blade down towards the inside of the white mist creature. Shhhhhhhhhhhh...thwock!! Then an indescribable noise fills the air, as the white mist creature lets out a howl of distress. "Great! That struck home!" To be continued... But will it be equally straighforward to find a way out of the white mist creature? Next Time: Episode 32: In Reach Of Victory? Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 32: In Reach Of Victory "Great! That struck home! It's gonna work, Blue! I told you!" "Right, now all we need to do is to use the Invincible Mechabot Ultror Slash to cut this thing clean in two from the inside." "Hang on, never mind this stuff about cutting it clean in two. What I need to know is, are we going to be able to get out again?" "Yeah, I think we'll be fine. We seem to be inflicting serious damage on this thing. If we use the Blade, we should be able to cut our way out. But there's one thing worrying me... To be continued... What exactly is it that's worrying Blue? Next Time: Episode 33: "It's All My Fault" Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 33: "It's All My Fault" "And what is it that's worrying you?" "The foot issue." "The foot issue? Oh, yeah. "The creature ate Yellow's robot foot. When we merged, there wasn't quite enough for the foot." "Because of the damaged foot, the Invincible Mechabot Ultror Slash won't be at full power. That might make it difficult for us to get out of here." "Oh! I'm sorry! It's all my fault! sobs Yellow, dissolving into tears. "Because of me, we're all stuck in here forever..!" To be continued... Red, Blue and Green all try to reassure the sobbing Yellow. Next Time: Episode 34: You've Got To Have Faith! Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 34: You've Got To Have Faith! Yellow continues to sob. "Don't cry, Yellow. I only said it worried me. But with Invincible Mechabot Ultror's speed and power we're bound to be OK." "That's right, Yellow! It would take more than a missing foot to put Invincible Mechabot Ultror off its stroke!" "Come on, Yellow! you've got to have faith in Invincible Mechabot Ultror. Does the word 'Invincible' mean nothing to you?" After a brief pause, Yellow stops crying and brightens up. "You guys are right. We've all got to have faith in each other!" To be continued... The four friends pull together to mount a second attack on the white mist creature. Next Time: Episode 35: One More Time Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 35: One More Time "I believe in us all!", smiles Yellow. "OK everyone, get ready!" urges Red. "Take that! Here comes the Invincible Ultror Slash!" Thwick! Thwack! A terrible roar rends the air as the white mist creature releases a cry of agony. However, the wound is not big enough to let the four friends out into the light again. "One more time!" grunts Red. "Invincible Ultror Slash!" The blade zips through the air, and rips through the body of the white mist creature. It roars again. To be continued... Invincible Mechabot Ultror finally slashes its way out... Next Time: Episode 36: Once And For All Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 36: Once And For All The white cloud creature gives a deafening roar, and suddenly, a chink of light appears. "We've done it! I can see daylight! Mist creature, take that! and that!" With the Invincible Ultror Blade in hand, the giant robot sets about the white mist creature with renewed vigor. More loud ripping, rending and roaring takes place, and then the creature's body is slashed clean in two, and Invincible Mechabot Ultror leaps out. There is a flash and a fizzing noise, then the white mist creature's body explodes. To be continued... The battle over, the four friends set off for fresh fields and pastures new... Next Time: Episode 37: Tomorrow Is Another Day Don't miss it! MECHABOT ULTROR SUMMERTIME (REPRISE) Reminder: When you're watching TV, keep the room well lit, and don't sit too close to the screen. Episode 37: Tomorrow is Another Day The white mist creature has exploded, leaving no trace behind. "I guess that's the end of that." "But what on earth WAS that thing?" "Yeah, we fought it and killed it without knowing anything about it." "Whatever it was, it was evil! Ruining our summer vacation like that." "I guess. Well, anyway, we defeated the white mist creature, and there's still some summer vacation left, so things turned out well in the end, wouldn't you say? How about we all come back to the pool tomorrow?" "Tragically, the pool's out of the question..." "Why?" Looking in the direction indicated, the others notice that the pool is wrecked and heaped with rubble, having borne the brunt of the recent explosion. They stare at it in silence for a moment. "Well then, let's all go to the beach tomorrow! The next day finds the four friends having the time of their lives beside the ocean. The End Our program schedule follows: From the 1st of Spring until the 7th of Summer: 'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME' From Summer 9th to Summer 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME' From the 1st of Fall until the 7th of Winter: 'MECHABOT ULTROR: SUMMERTIME' Winter 9th until the 30th: 'FAIRY AND ME'" 'FAIRY AND ME' starts tomorrow. Don't miss it! - FAIRY AND ME - (Reprise) Prolog If you have read this book to the end, you will be granted one wish, whatever that wish might be However, Only the pure of heart can ever find this book. And the book is now sleeping on a shelf in the school library... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (Reprise) Chapter 1 Right now, I'm in the school library...although -- even though I do really like reading books -- I haven't come in here to study.... That's Ellen Garner. She's the librarian. I come in here everyday because I want to meet her. But that day, there was no sign of her in the library. Maybe the End-of-Day Meeting had overrun, or something. I hadn't anything much to do, so I was browsing the shelves in a fairly random manner. Then, as if drawn by some mysterious force, I found myself picking out a a particular volume. Its title was 'Fairy and Me'. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 1 Right now, I'm in the school library. I'm a library officer, so I handle lending, and do various other duties. Of course, I like reading, and I don't hate studying that much either. But today, I've got the whole library to myself. I've got nothing much to do, so I'm browsing the shelves kind of randomly. (Huh? I never knew we had this book...?) I pick it up to take a look, and the title is 'Fairy and Me'. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID (REPRISE) Chapter 2 As if drawn by some unknown force, I found myself taking out a particular book. 'Fairy and Me' was the title."Well, since I've gone to the trouble of taking it off the shelf', I thought, "I might as well take a look inside." I was startled by what I read. ('So I can have any wish granted...? Just by reading this book, I can have anything I wish for, just like that..? Well, if I can really have anything I wish for, I wish I was going out with Ellen. "Er, can you see that book?", said a voice right beside me. (I was too startled to say anything.) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 2 I didn't remember seeing this book before. ('Fairy and Me', eh? Well, since I've gone to the trouble of taking it off the shelf', I might as well take a look" inside." I read....and read.... (So I can have a wish come true? Just by reading this book, I can wish for anything I want, and have my wish granted?" Well, if that's the case, I wish I had a nice kind boyfriend... Well, I'd better read to the end of the book first.) I read.... and I read.... And eventually I came to the very end. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 3 Suddenly, I heard a voice behind me. I turned round with a start, and there was Ellen... "Oh, sorry...I didn't mean to startle you...", she said. I was too flustered to reply. "Er, can you see that book?" Again, I was unable to get any words out. She repeated the question. For a moment, I couldn't think what she could mean. then I remembered the passage at the beginning of the book: 'Only the pure of heart can ever find this book.' That must be what she meant! "You mean that stuff about the pure of heart?" She giggled. (At that moment, I noticed for the first time that Ellen was smiling..) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID (REPRISE) Chapter 3 As soon as I finished the last page, the chimes sounded. It was weird. Almost as if the chimes had been waiting until I'd finished the book. BING! BONG! "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING.... (What? Is it that time already? Well, I'd better lock up and head home...) As soon as I changed into my outdoor shoes and stepped out of the door I saw it had started snowing. (Oh, it's been snowing. It's going to be freezing cold on the way back.) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 4 "Thank goodness you know what I'm talking about.. So you've read that book as well?" She held her head slightly to one side. (I'd taken it from the shelf absent-mindedly, and I'd only read a bit... but having started, I thought I might as well go on reading it.) "Since you'd started it, you thought you might as well go ahead and finish it, right?" I looked at her in surprise. "You're wondering how I knew, aren't you? I can see it in your face. Well, I've been here watching you ever since you opened the book. You never even noticed I was there, you got so engrossed in it. So I thought, if you had never read the book, you would probably want to read it now." (I see...) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 4 On my way home from school that day, I heard a voice coming from the direction of the park. Wondering what was going on, I looked round, to see a white puppy in a cardboard box, apparently abandoned, and a man crouching next to the puppy, talking to it. "Poor thing", he was saying. "But they don't allow pets in my apartment block, so I can't take you home. Sorry. But I could buy you some milk! Wait a minute, I'll be back..." With that, he hurried off to the nearby convenience store. "What a nice guy..." I thought to myself, and before I knew it I was standing in front of the abandoned puppy. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 5 "So, what are you going to do about it? I wondered what she meant. "What I mean is, you have two options: borrow it and read it at home, or come here everyday to read it." ("Hang on a minute", I thought to myself. "I never actually said anything about intending to read it.") "But you are going to read it, aren't you? If you're going to borrow the book, you just take out the card that's in here (here she showed me the card pocket inside the front cover) and write your name and class on it, and hand it to me To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 5 Seeing that the puppy's head was collecting a dusting of snow, I started to feel sorry for it myself. ("You poor little thing. it's cold out here.") Absent-mindedly I picked up the puppy and held it close to me, brushing the snow off its head... I took off my scarf and and wrapped it loosely around the puppy. Then I took it home with me. When I got home, I remembered the man who had gone to buy it milk. ("Oh, dear, what's he going to think...? I'll be back in a minute, puppy. You stay here. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 6 I took the card out, wrote my class and my name on it and handed it to Ellen. "OK, that's fine. You can borrow it for up to 10 days. Don't forget to return it by then." BING! BONG! "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING.... "Oh", she said, "Is it that time already? Sorry, I have to lock up and so on, so I'll have to ask you to leave" I nodded and turned towards the door. She spoke again. "Goodbye. I hope your wish comes true..." To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 6 When I got back to the park, that guy was just coming out of it. ("Ah, it's him", I thought. "I wonder if he's on his way home.") Before I knew it, I found myself following him. Eventually he arrived at what was presumably his apartment. ("So this is where he lives, huh? Hmmm, I wish I had a boyfriend as nice as him...") Then, despite my interest in the man, I remembered the puppy at home, and set off back to my own place. I found the puppy asleep. No doubt the warmth had made it drowsy. I wondered what I should give it to eat when it woke up. ..Two or three days later, the puppy was looking very fit and healthy. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 7 "Goodbye", she said. "I hope your wish comes true." I remembered how the book had said if I read it all the way through, I could have a wish granted. But... Still, Ellen had actually talked to me, and she didn't seem to dislike me, at least. Regardless of whether my wish was going to be granted or not, I was glad just to have had the chance to talk to her. I waved goodbye to Ellen and stepped out of the library. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 7 When the puppy was fully fit and healthy... Something new happened. That guy turned up in the library! ("Oh no...but then there's no reason why he should know who I am...unless.. unless he caught me following him that time. Aaggh! Oh no!" I thought, secretly, as I went about my work (I was replacing returned books to the appropriate places on the shelves. At a suitable juncture in my work, I glanced at the guy, and he seemed to be studying some book. It didn't look as if he was going to ask me anything, so I breathed a sigh of relief. However, from that day on, the guy started coming to the library everyday. So, he was kind AND studious....I found myself liking him more and more. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 8 As I changed into my outdoor shoes at the door, I noticed it had been snowing. I thought to myself that it had also been a snowy day when I first saw Ellen ... [Flashback begins] That day, when I was walking home from school, I heard a voice coming from the park. I went to look, and found a white puppy, apparently abandoned, in a carboard box. I felt sorry for the poor little thing, but since pets aren't allowed in my apartment block, I couldn't take it home. Thinking that I could at least give it something to eat, I went off to a nearby convenience store to buy it some milk. But when I got back, there was a woman standing beside the cardboard box. It was Ellen . To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 8 It was all very well that I had come to like this guy, but a long time passed before I had a chance to talk to him... One day, a meeting overran and I was late getting back to the library. When I walked in, that guy was standing alone by one of the shelves, looking at a book. The book was 'Fairy and Me'. He seemed engrossed in it, so I walked a little bit closer. I was right beside him and he hadn't even noticed. ("Aha", I thought, "here's my chance to talk to him. I'll try a remark about that book..") And then... Taking my courage in both hands, I spoke to him. "Er, can you see that book?" To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 9 The woman standing beside the cardboard box looked vaguely familiar (she had her back to me, of course), and I wondered if it was someone from my school. "You poor little thing", she said. "It's cold out here." She picked up the puppy held it close to her, brushing the snow off its head. Then she took off her scarf and wrapped the puppy in it. And then she went home, taking the puppy with her. [Flashback ends] From my hidden vantage point behind a tree, I had watched Ellen walk all the way home from the park. "Er...I think you forgot your umbrella.." (I was lost for words.) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 9 He made no reply. (He looked startled, so I thought he might not have heard properly. "Come on", I told myself just to say it again.") "Er, can you see that book?" "You mean that stuff about the pure of heart?", he replied. ("Yesss!" I thought, "he understands!") Have you ever read the book?", I asked. He shook his head. (So he hadn't read it yet... but he had seemed to be very engrossed a moment ago, so I thought he must be intending to read it.) "Since you'd started it, you thought you might as well go ahead and finish it," I ventured. And basically I more or less forced him to borrow 'Fairy and Me'. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME- HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 10 Suddenly I heard a voice behind me, and when I turned round, there was Ellen. Oh, sorry. I didn't mean to startle you." I couldn't muster a reply. "Er, I think you forgot your umbrella..." She repeated the sentence. When I nodded, she said, "Um, would you mind sharing it with me as we walk along this road?" (Would I mind? I'd give my right arm...Did she really just ask me that? Yes, she did.) I nodded again, and said, "It's just a small one, but you're very welcome to share it." I opened the umbrella, and Ellen and I walked along side by side in the falling snow. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 10 And then, while I was telling him how long he could borrow the book for, the chimes went. BING! BONG! "SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING FOR THE DAY. ANYONE STILL IN THE SCHOOL BUILDING MUST NOW LEAVE FOR HOME. I REPEAT, SCHOOL IS NOW CLOSING.... "Oh no!", I thought. "Is it that time already? Just when I'd plucked up the courage to talk to him.." "Oh", I said, "Is it that time already? Sorry, I have to lock up and so on, so I'll have to ask you to leave" He nodded and headed for the door. "Goodbye", I said. "I hope your wish comes true." He waved goodbye in reply. (I congratulated myself on having managed to speak to him at last.) To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 11 As we walked along in the snow, Ellen began to talk. "You know, this snowy day reminds me ... About a month ago, when it was snowing like today, I found an abandoned puppy in that park, and took it home with me. When I saw the poor thing shivering in its cardboard box, I just couldn't leave it there.... I found myself picking it up and carrying it home. It's got quite big now, but for the first two or three days it wouldn't eat anything, and it would hardly drink any milk ... I was really worried. Oh, here we are. This is your place, right? I'll say goodbye, then. And I hope your wish comes true." She dashed off without even giving me time to say goodbye. (Uh-oh.. That's weird. How did she know where I live?) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 11 When I went to the shoe cabinet after locking up the library, I saw that it had started snowing. Then I noticed that guy standing in the doorway. (His umbrella was still in the stand. Had he forgotten it? Good! This was a second chance to talk to him.) ""Er, I think you forgot your umbrella...", I said. He looked startled, but made no reply. (Oh no! I'd made him jump again..) " I think you forgot your umbrella...", I repeated. He nodded. (Good. This gave me a chance to walk along with him.) "Um, would you mind sharing it with me as we walk along this road?" He nodded again. (Yay! I get to walk home with him!) "Sure. It's only a small one, but you're very welcome to share it." He and I set off along the road home, walking companionably under his umbrella. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 12 (Uh-oh.. That's weird. How did she know where I live?) She had rushed away so quickly, she was already out of earshot. I thought it over while I was in the bath... I thought about it while I was eating dinner... But I couldn't figure out how Ellen knew where I lived. (Well, I guess it doesn't matter. It's not like I need to keep it a secret from her. In fact, it's a good thing she knows where my apartment is... Well, there's no point in puzzling over it any more. I'll put it to one side and concentrate on finishing that book.) So I got on with reading 'Fairy and Me'. To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME- SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 12 He didn't say anything. I didn't say anything. We walked along in silence. (Hmm, this isn't getting us anywhere. I'd better say something... I know! I'll talk about the puppy I took home that day.) So I said, "You know, this reminds me... and started telling him how I took the puppy home. We walked along, talking about that (although I did most of the talking), and then a short while later, I saw the apartment building where he lived. (Oh no, we got here already...) To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME- HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 13 RRRRRRRinngggggg... RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRinnggg.... Rrp! I switched off the alarm clock. (Oh,no....morning already. Another day to get through.... I'd only managed to read about two-thirds of 'Fairy and Me' before going to bed last night. I would finish the rest after school today....) The chimes went, followed by the usual announcement that classes were over for the day. I decided to go over to the library. I was in the library, but there was no sign of Ellen. Another late- running End-of-Day Meeting? Anyway, I had 'Fairy and Me' to read, so I wouldn't be bored. To be continued... -FAIRY AND ME- SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 13 "Oh, here we are. I'll say goodbye, then. And I hope your wish comes true." And with that, I ran off home. That night, I felt so happy and excited... I couldn't sleep a wink. (Which meant I was sleepy next day in class, and got kept back after class by the teacher.) So, after being chewed out for about half an hour, I got away to the library. That guy was there, reading a book. (There he is again, today, lost in a book. I'll see if I can get a bit nearer to him...) Just like the day before, I walked up until I was standing right beside him. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME- HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 14 Blablabla........... I read further and further through 'Fairy and Me'.... (Finished!) Absent mindedly, I had a good stretch. "Er... have you finished it?" Startled, I made no reply. When I turned round surprised to hear a voice just behind me, who should I see but Ellen.. I still couldn't muster a reply. "Have you finished reading it?", she repeated. When I nodded, she said, "What did you think? Did you find it interesting?" I nodded again. "So...what was your wish?" To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 14 After a while, he closed the book and had a stretch. (Aha, has he finished reading 'Fairy and Me'?) "Er, have you finished reading it?", I asked. Startled, he said nothing. (Oh dear, I always seem to make him jump...) "Sorry. I didn't mean to make you jump. Er, have you finished reading it?" He nodded. "What did you think? Did you find it interesting?" He nodded again. (I wonder what he wished for. If he says he wished he could meet a cute girl, I could say "Well how about me?"...So I'd better take the plunge and ask him...) "So...what was your wish?" To be continued ... FAIRY AND ME HE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 15 "So...what was your wish?", she asked. (What do I do now? Should I go ahead and tell her? now's my chance to ask her for a date....but what if she turns me down ...oh no....ah, what the hell, I'll ask her and get it over with.) "I wished I was going out with you! "What?" Ellen blushed scarlet. "I want you to go out with me!" I was going to repeat it once more just in case, when she said, "OK! I'm glad your wish is going to come true!" (YESSSS!) To be continued... - FAIRY AND ME - SHE SAID... (REPRISE) Chapter 15 "I wished I was going out with you!" "What?" (WHAT? WHAT did he just say? He wished he was going out with me? Oh my god Oh my god...) "I want you to go out with me!" (He just said it again take a deep breath...good now just calm down... Oh, we both liked each other all along. I needn't have worried, oh, thank goodness. Oh, right. I have to answer now.) "OK! I'm glad your wish is going to come true!" (Yay!) To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - THE TWO OF THEM REPRISE And then... And then the two who had read this book to the end each had their wish come true. The End - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE This is the book the characters have been reading all through this story. So, what's it about? Let's take a look... Chapter 1 A fairy girl meets a human boy. This happens when the boy is walking in the park. Having just finished a can of juice, he throws the can towards the trash bin, but misses, instead hitting a flower blooming by the side of the bin. Then, unable to believe his eyes, he sees something underneath the flower. It appears to be a tiny girl, about 10 centimeters tall, with wings, looking just like a fairy. The can thrown by the boy broke the flower that had been the fairy's home. The fairy is now homeless and bewildered. Feeling responsible for her plight, the boy tells her she can stay with him until she finds a new home. And that is how the boy and the fairy end up living together. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE Chapter 2 One day, when the fairy is playing around outdoors, it suddenly starts raining heavily. She flies home to the boy's house right away, but ends up soaked to the skin... The fairy gives a weeny sneeze. She's now running a temperature, and takes to her bed, while the boy does everything he can to nurse her back to health. Possibly due to his assiduous care, the next day finds the fairy's fever gone, and soon she's flying around again, in the best of health. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE Chapter 3 The fairy is touched by the way the boy looked after her so caringly. However, she also reminds herself that she can never form a lasting relationship with a human. Soon after these events, a girl at the boy's school tells him that she wants to go out with him. By chance, the fairy happens to see this interaction, and resolves to move out of the boy's house. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE Chapter 4 When the boy comes home later that day, expecting the fairy to rush out and greet him noisily as usual, he is disappointed that she is not there. Assuming she has gone out somewhere to play, he does nothing about it. But when night falls and there is still no sign of her, he starts to worry, and goes out to look for her. To be continued ... - FAIRY AND ME - REPRISE Chapter 5 The boy looks everywhere he can think of, but fails to find her. Racking his brains for possibilities, he wonders if she has found a new house, but then discounts the idea, telling himself that if she had found a new home, she would have let him know. He realises that although she can be a nuisance, she has come to occupy a special place in his heart. Setting off again to look for her, he goes to the park where he first met her. And there, beside the trash can, he sees a familiar sight... The End Tomorrow sees the start of a new series of 'MECHABOT ULTROR' Don't miss it! ############ 3) File Info ############ This file has been written by Vanhal, please don't spread it around with your name, or edit in anyway with out premission from me. Some words in the above have been changed slighly so I can see if anyone has tryed to steal it!!! All stories are copyrighted to harvest moon, cause after all they wrote it! BE WARNED!! And enjoy :) ########## 4) Contact ########## If you feel the need to contact me use the following forms: E-mail: seeadoctor@eircom.net ICQ: 64579156 WWW forums: http://www.efmods.com/~ksi IRC: efnet, nick Vanhal Thank you and good night!